blob: f76483a9f7956379ae44fd185070291739dd6e32 [file] [log] [blame]
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02001 ----------------------
2 HAProxy
3 Configuration Manual
4 ----------------------
Willy Tarreau79158882009-06-09 11:59:08 +02005 version 1.4
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02006 willy tarreau
Willy Tarreau79158882009-06-09 11:59:08 +02007 2009/06/09
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02008
9
10This document covers the configuration language as implemented in the version
11specified above. It does not provide any hint, example or advice. For such
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +010012documentation, please refer to the Reference Manual or the Architecture Manual.
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020013The summary below is meant to help you search sections by name and navigate
14through the document.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +020015
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020016Note to documentation contributors :
17 This document is formated with 80 columns per line, with even number of
18 spaces for indentation and without tabs. Please follow these rules strictly
19 so that it remains easily printable everywhere. If a line needs to be
20 printed verbatim and does not fit, please end each line with a backslash
21 ('\') and continue on next line. If you add sections, please update the
22 summary below for easier searching.
23
24
25Summary
26-------
27
281. Quick reminder about HTTP
291.1. The HTTP transaction model
301.2. HTTP request
311.2.1. The Request line
321.2.2. The request headers
331.3. HTTP response
341.3.1. The Response line
351.3.2. The response headers
36
372. Configuring HAProxy
382.1. Configuration file format
392.2. Time format
40
413. Global parameters
423.1. Process management and security
433.2. Performance tuning
443.3. Debugging
45
464. Proxies
474.1. Proxy keywords matrix
484.2. Alphabetically sorted keywords reference
49
505. Server options
51
526. HTTP header manipulation
53
547. Using ACLs
557.1. Matching integers
567.2. Matching strings
577.3. Matching regular expressions (regexes)
587.4. Matching IPv4 addresses
597.5. Available matching criteria
607.5.1. Matching at Layer 4 and below
617.5.2. Matching contents at Layer 4
627.5.3. Matching at Layer 7
637.6. Pre-defined ACLs
647.7. Using ACLs to form conditions
65
668. Logging
678.1. Log levels
688.2. Log formats
698.2.1. Default log format
708.2.2. TCP log format
718.2.3. HTTP log format
728.3. Advanced logging options
738.3.1. Disabling logging of external tests
748.3.2. Logging before waiting for the session to terminate
758.3.3. Raising log level upon errors
768.3.4. Disabling logging of successful connections
778.4. Timing events
788.5. Session state at disconnection
798.6. Non-printable characters
808.7. Capturing HTTP cookies
818.8. Capturing HTTP headers
828.9. Examples of logs
83
849. Statistics and monitoring
859.1. CSV format
869.2. Unix Socket commands
87
88
891. Quick reminder about HTTP
90----------------------------
91
92When haproxy is running in HTTP mode, both the request and the response are
93fully analyzed and indexed, thus it becomes possible to build matching criteria
94on almost anything found in the contents.
95
96However, it is important to understand how HTTP requests and responses are
97formed, and how HAProxy decomposes them. It will then become easier to write
98correct rules and to debug existing configurations.
99
100
1011.1. The HTTP transaction model
102-------------------------------
103
104The HTTP protocol is transaction-driven. This means that each request will lead
105to one and only one response. Traditionnally, a TCP connection is established
106from the client to the server, a request is sent by the client on the
107connection, the server responds and the connection is closed. A new request
108will involve a new connection :
109
110 [CON1] [REQ1] ... [RESP1] [CLO1] [CON2] [REQ2] ... [RESP2] [CLO2] ...
111
112In this mode, called the "HTTP close" mode, there are as many connection
113establishments as there are HTTP transactions. Since the connection is closed
114by the server after the response, the client does not need to know the content
115length.
116
117Due to the transactional nature of the protocol, it was possible to improve it
118to avoid closing a connection between two subsequent transactions. In this mode
119however, it is mandatory that the server indicates the content length for each
120response so that the client does not wait indefinitely. For this, a special
121header is used: "Content-length". This mode is called the "keep-alive" mode :
122
123 [CON] [REQ1] ... [RESP1] [REQ2] ... [RESP2] [CLO] ...
124
125Its advantages are a reduced latency between transactions, and less processing
126power required on the server side. It is generally better than the close mode,
127but not always because the clients often limit their concurrent connections to
128a smaller value. HAProxy currently does not support the HTTP keep-alive mode,
129but knows how to transform it to the close mode.
130
131A last improvement in the communications is the pipelining mode. It still uses
132keep-alive, but the client does not wait for the first response to send the
133second request. This is useful for fetching large number of images composing a
134page :
135
136 [CON] [REQ1] [REQ2] ... [RESP1] [RESP2] [CLO] ...
137
138This can obviously have a tremendous benefit on performance because the network
139latency is eliminated between subsequent requests. Many HTTP agents do not
140correctly support pipelining since there is no way to associate a response with
141the corresponding request in HTTP. For this reason, it is mandatory for the
142server to reply in the exact same order as the requests were received.
143
144Right now, HAProxy only supports the first mode (HTTP close) if it needs to
145process the request. This means that for each request, there will be one TCP
146connection. If keep-alive or pipelining are required, HAProxy will still
147support them, but will only see the first request and the first response of
148each transaction. While this is generally problematic with regards to logs,
149content switching or filtering, it most often causes no problem for persistence
150with cookie insertion.
151
152
1531.2. HTTP request
154-----------------
155
156First, let's consider this HTTP request :
157
158 Line Contents
159 number
160 1 GET /serv/login.php?lang=en&profile=2 HTTP/1.1
161 2 Host: www.mydomain.com
162 3 User-agent: my small browser
163 4 Accept: image/jpeg, image/gif
164 5 Accept: image/png
165
166
1671.2.1. The Request line
168-----------------------
169
170Line 1 is the "request line". It is always composed of 3 fields :
171
172 - a METHOD : GET
173 - a URI : /serv/login.php?lang=en&profile=2
174 - a version tag : HTTP/1.1
175
176All of them are delimited by what the standard calls LWS (linear white spaces),
177which are commonly spaces, but can also be tabs or line feeds/carriage returns
178followed by spaces/tabs. The method itself cannot contain any colon (':') and
179is limited to alphabetic letters. All those various combinations make it
180desirable that HAProxy performs the splitting itself rather than leaving it to
181the user to write a complex or inaccurate regular expression.
182
183The URI itself can have several forms :
184
185 - A "relative URI" :
186
187 /serv/login.php?lang=en&profile=2
188
189 It is a complete URL without the host part. This is generally what is
190 received by servers, reverse proxies and transparent proxies.
191
192 - An "absolute URI", also called a "URL" :
193
194 http://192.168.0.12:8080/serv/login.php?lang=en&profile=2
195
196 It is composed of a "scheme" (the protocol name followed by '://'), a host
197 name or address, optionally a colon (':') followed by a port number, then
198 a relative URI beginning at the first slash ('/') after the address part.
199 This is generally what proxies receive, but a server supporting HTTP/1.1
200 must accept this form too.
201
202 - a star ('*') : this form is only accepted in association with the OPTIONS
203 method and is not relayable. It is used to inquiry a next hop's
204 capabilities.
205
206 - an address:port combination : 192.168.0.12:80
207 This is used with the CONNECT method, which is used to establish TCP
208 tunnels through HTTP proxies, generally for HTTPS, but sometimes for
209 other protocols too.
210
211In a relative URI, two sub-parts are identified. The part before the question
212mark is called the "path". It is typically the relative path to static objects
213on the server. The part after the question mark is called the "query string".
214It is mostly used with GET requests sent to dynamic scripts and is very
215specific to the language, framework or application in use.
216
217
2181.2.2. The request headers
219--------------------------
220
221The headers start at the second line. They are composed of a name at the
222beginning of the line, immediately followed by a colon (':'). Traditionally,
223an LWS is added after the colon but that's not required. Then come the values.
224Multiple identical headers may be folded into one single line, delimiting the
225values with commas, provided that their order is respected. This is commonly
226encountered in the "Cookie:" field. A header may span over multiple lines if
227the subsequent lines begin with an LWS. In the example in 1.2, lines 4 and 5
228define a total of 3 values for the "Accept:" header.
229
230Contrary to a common mis-conception, header names are not case-sensitive, and
231their values are not either if they refer to other header names (such as the
232"Connection:" header).
233
234The end of the headers is indicated by the first empty line. People often say
235that it's a double line feed, which is not exact, even if a double line feed
236is one valid form of empty line.
237
238Fortunately, HAProxy takes care of all these complex combinations when indexing
239headers, checking values and counting them, so there is no reason to worry
240about the way they could be written, but it is important not to accuse an
241application of being buggy if it does unusual, valid things.
242
243Important note:
244 As suggested by RFC2616, HAProxy normalizes headers by replacing line breaks
245 in the middle of headers by LWS in order to join multi-line headers. This
246 is necessary for proper analysis and helps less capable HTTP parsers to work
247 correctly and not to be fooled by such complex constructs.
248
249
2501.3. HTTP response
251------------------
252
253An HTTP response looks very much like an HTTP request. Both are called HTTP
254messages. Let's consider this HTTP response :
255
256 Line Contents
257 number
258 1 HTTP/1.1 200 OK
259 2 Content-length: 350
260 3 Content-Type: text/html
261
262
2631.3.1. The Response line
264------------------------
265
266Line 1 is the "response line". It is always composed of 3 fields :
267
268 - a version tag : HTTP/1.1
269 - a status code : 200
270 - a reason : OK
271
272The status code is always 3-digit. The first digit indicates a general status :
273 - 2xx = OK, content is following (eg: 200, 206)
274 - 3xx = OK, no content following (eg: 302, 304)
275 - 4xx = error caused by the client (eg: 401, 403, 404)
276 - 5xx = error caused by the server (eg: 500, 502, 503)
277
278Please refer to RFC2616 for the detailed meaning of all such codes. The
279"reason" field is just a hint, but is not parsed by clients. Anything can be
280found there, but it's a common practice to respect the well-established
281messages. It can be composed of one or multiple words, such as "OK", "Found",
282or "Authentication Required".
283
284Haproxy may emit the following status codes by itself :
285
286 Code When / reason
287 200 access to stats page, and when replying to monitoring requests
288 301 when performing a redirection, depending on the configured code
289 302 when performing a redirection, depending on the configured code
290 303 when performing a redirection, depending on the configured code
291 400 for an invalid or too large request
292 401 when an authentication is required to perform the action (when
293 accessing the stats page)
294 403 when a request is forbidden by a "block" ACL or "reqdeny" filter
295 408 when the request timeout strikes before the request is complete
296 500 when haproxy encounters an unrecoverable internal error, such as a
297 memory allocation failure, which should never happen
298 502 when the server returns an empty, invalid or incomplete response, or
299 when an "rspdeny" filter blocks the response.
300 503 when no server was available to handle the request, or in response to
301 monitoring requests which match the "monitor fail" condition
302 504 when the response timeout strikes before the server responds
303
304The error 4xx and 5xx codes above may be customized (see "errorloc" in section
3054.2).
306
307
3081.3.2. The response headers
309---------------------------
310
311Response headers work exactly like request headers, and as such, HAProxy uses
312the same parsing function for both. Please refer to paragraph 1.2.2 for more
313details.
314
315
3162. Configuring HAProxy
317----------------------
318
3192.1. Configuration file format
320------------------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200321
322HAProxy's configuration process involves 3 major sources of parameters :
323
324 - the arguments from the command-line, which always take precedence
325 - the "global" section, which sets process-wide parameters
326 - the proxies sections which can take form of "defaults", "listen",
327 "frontend" and "backend".
328
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100329The configuration file syntax consists in lines beginning with a keyword
330referenced in this manual, optionally followed by one or several parameters
331delimited by spaces. If spaces have to be entered in strings, then they must be
332preceeded by a backslash ('\') to be escaped. Backslashes also have to be
333escaped by doubling them.
334
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200335
3362.2. Time format
337----------------
338
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100339Some parameters involve values representating time, such as timeouts. These
340values are generally expressed in milliseconds (unless explicitly stated
341otherwise) but may be expressed in any other unit by suffixing the unit to the
342numeric value. It is important to consider this because it will not be repeated
343for every keyword. Supported units are :
344
345 - us : microseconds. 1 microsecond = 1/1000000 second
346 - ms : milliseconds. 1 millisecond = 1/1000 second. This is the default.
347 - s : seconds. 1s = 1000ms
348 - m : minutes. 1m = 60s = 60000ms
349 - h : hours. 1h = 60m = 3600s = 3600000ms
350 - d : days. 1d = 24h = 1440m = 86400s = 86400000ms
351
352
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003533. Global parameters
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200354--------------------
355
356Parameters in the "global" section are process-wide and often OS-specific. They
357are generally set once for all and do not need being changed once correct. Some
358of them have command-line equivalents.
359
360The following keywords are supported in the "global" section :
361
362 * Process management and security
363 - chroot
364 - daemon
365 - gid
366 - group
367 - log
368 - nbproc
369 - pidfile
370 - uid
371 - ulimit-n
372 - user
Willy Tarreaufbee7132007-10-18 13:53:22 +0200373 - stats
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200374
375 * Performance tuning
376 - maxconn
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100377 - maxpipes
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200378 - noepoll
379 - nokqueue
380 - nopoll
381 - nosepoll
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100382 - nosplice
Willy Tarreaufe255b72007-10-14 23:09:26 +0200383 - spread-checks
Willy Tarreaua0250ba2008-01-06 11:22:57 +0100384 - tune.maxaccept
385 - tune.maxpollevents
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200386
387 * Debugging
388 - debug
389 - quiet
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200390
391
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003923.1. Process management and security
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200393------------------------------------
394
395chroot <jail dir>
396 Changes current directory to <jail dir> and performs a chroot() there before
397 dropping privileges. This increases the security level in case an unknown
398 vulnerability would be exploited, since it would make it very hard for the
399 attacker to exploit the system. This only works when the process is started
400 with superuser privileges. It is important to ensure that <jail_dir> is both
401 empty and unwritable to anyone.
402
403daemon
404 Makes the process fork into background. This is the recommended mode of
405 operation. It is equivalent to the command line "-D" argument. It can be
406 disabled by the command line "-db" argument.
407
408gid <number>
409 Changes the process' group ID to <number>. It is recommended that the group
410 ID is dedicated to HAProxy or to a small set of similar daemons. HAProxy must
411 be started with a user belonging to this group, or with superuser privileges.
412 See also "group" and "uid".
413
414group <group name>
415 Similar to "gid" but uses the GID of group name <group name> from /etc/group.
416 See also "gid" and "user".
417
Willy Tarreauf7edefa2009-05-10 17:20:05 +0200418log <address> <facility> [max level [min level]]
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200419 Adds a global syslog server. Up to two global servers can be defined. They
420 will receive logs for startups and exits, as well as all logs from proxies
Robert Tsai81ae1952007-12-05 10:47:29 +0100421 configured with "log global".
422
423 <address> can be one of:
424
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +0100425 - An IPv4 address optionally followed by a colon and a UDP port. If
Robert Tsai81ae1952007-12-05 10:47:29 +0100426 no port is specified, 514 is used by default (the standard syslog
427 port).
428
429 - A filesystem path to a UNIX domain socket, keeping in mind
430 considerations for chroot (be sure the path is accessible inside
431 the chroot) and uid/gid (be sure the path is appropriately
432 writeable).
433
434 <facility> must be one of the 24 standard syslog facilities :
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200435
436 kern user mail daemon auth syslog lpr news
437 uucp cron auth2 ftp ntp audit alert cron2
438 local0 local1 local2 local3 local4 local5 local6 local7
439
440 An optional level can be specified to filter outgoing messages. By default,
Willy Tarreauf7edefa2009-05-10 17:20:05 +0200441 all messages are sent. If a maximum level is specified, only messages with a
442 severity at least as important as this level will be sent. An optional minimum
443 level can be specified. If it is set, logs emitted with a more severe level
444 than this one will be capped to this level. This is used to avoid sending
445 "emerg" messages on all terminals on some default syslog configurations.
446 Eight levels are known :
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200447
448 emerg alert crit err warning notice info debug
449
450nbproc <number>
451 Creates <number> processes when going daemon. This requires the "daemon"
452 mode. By default, only one process is created, which is the recommended mode
453 of operation. For systems limited to small sets of file descriptors per
454 process, it may be needed to fork multiple daemons. USING MULTIPLE PROCESSES
455 IS HARDER TO DEBUG AND IS REALLY DISCOURAGED. See also "daemon".
456
457pidfile <pidfile>
458 Writes pids of all daemons into file <pidfile>. This option is equivalent to
459 the "-p" command line argument. The file must be accessible to the user
460 starting the process. See also "daemon".
461
Willy Tarreaufbee7132007-10-18 13:53:22 +0200462stats socket <path> [{uid | user} <uid>] [{gid | group} <gid>] [mode <mode>]
463 Creates a UNIX socket in stream mode at location <path>. Any previously
464 existing socket will be backed up then replaced. Connections to this socket
465 will get a CSV-formated output of the process statistics in response to the
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +0100466 "show stat" command followed by a line feed, more general process information
467 in response to the "show info" command followed by a line feed, and a
468 complete list of all existing sessions in response to the "show sess" command
469 followed by a line feed.
Willy Tarreaua8efd362008-01-03 10:19:15 +0100470
471 On platforms which support it, it is possible to restrict access to this
472 socket by specifying numerical IDs after "uid" and "gid", or valid user and
473 group names after the "user" and "group" keywords. It is also possible to
474 restrict permissions on the socket by passing an octal value after the "mode"
475 keyword (same syntax as chmod). Depending on the platform, the permissions on
476 the socket will be inherited from the directory which hosts it, or from the
477 user the process is started with.
Willy Tarreaufbee7132007-10-18 13:53:22 +0200478
479stats timeout <timeout, in milliseconds>
480 The default timeout on the stats socket is set to 10 seconds. It is possible
481 to change this value with "stats timeout". The value must be passed in
Willy Tarreaubefdff12007-12-02 22:27:38 +0100482 milliseconds, or be suffixed by a time unit among { us, ms, s, m, h, d }.
Willy Tarreaufbee7132007-10-18 13:53:22 +0200483
484stats maxconn <connections>
485 By default, the stats socket is limited to 10 concurrent connections. It is
486 possible to change this value with "stats maxconn".
487
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200488uid <number>
489 Changes the process' user ID to <number>. It is recommended that the user ID
490 is dedicated to HAProxy or to a small set of similar daemons. HAProxy must
491 be started with superuser privileges in order to be able to switch to another
492 one. See also "gid" and "user".
493
494ulimit-n <number>
495 Sets the maximum number of per-process file-descriptors to <number>. By
496 default, it is automatically computed, so it is recommended not to use this
497 option.
498
499user <user name>
500 Similar to "uid" but uses the UID of user name <user name> from /etc/passwd.
501 See also "uid" and "group".
502
503
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005043.2. Performance tuning
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200505-----------------------
506
507maxconn <number>
508 Sets the maximum per-process number of concurrent connections to <number>. It
509 is equivalent to the command-line argument "-n". Proxies will stop accepting
510 connections when this limit is reached. The "ulimit-n" parameter is
511 automatically adjusted according to this value. See also "ulimit-n".
512
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100513maxpipes <number>
514 Sets the maximum per-process number of pipes to <number>. Currently, pipes
515 are only used by kernel-based tcp splicing. Since a pipe contains two file
516 descriptors, the "ulimit-n" value will be increased accordingly. The default
517 value is maxconn/4, which seems to be more than enough for most heavy usages.
518 The splice code dynamically allocates and releases pipes, and can fall back
519 to standard copy, so setting this value too low may only impact performance.
520
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200521noepoll
522 Disables the use of the "epoll" event polling system on Linux. It is
523 equivalent to the command-line argument "-de". The next polling system
524 used will generally be "poll". See also "nosepoll", and "nopoll".
525
526nokqueue
527 Disables the use of the "kqueue" event polling system on BSD. It is
528 equivalent to the command-line argument "-dk". The next polling system
529 used will generally be "poll". See also "nopoll".
530
531nopoll
532 Disables the use of the "poll" event polling system. It is equivalent to the
533 command-line argument "-dp". The next polling system used will be "select".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100534 It should never be needed to disable "poll" since it's available on all
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200535 platforms supported by HAProxy. See also "nosepoll", and "nopoll" and
536 "nokqueue".
537
538nosepoll
539 Disables the use of the "speculative epoll" event polling system on Linux. It
540 is equivalent to the command-line argument "-ds". The next polling system
541 used will generally be "epoll". See also "nosepoll", and "nopoll".
542
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100543nosplice
544 Disables the use of kernel tcp splicing between sockets on Linux. It is
545 equivalent to the command line argument "-dS". Data will then be copied
546 using conventional and more portable recv/send calls. Kernel tcp splicing is
547 limited to some very recent instances of kernel 2.6. Most verstions between
548 2.6.25 and 2.6.28 are buggy and will forward corrupted data, so they must not
549 be used. This option makes it easier to globally disable kernel splicing in
550 case of doubt. See also "option splice-auto", "option splice-request" and
551 "option splice-response".
552
Willy Tarreaufe255b72007-10-14 23:09:26 +0200553spread-checks <0..50, in percent>
554 Sometimes it is desirable to avoid sending health checks to servers at exact
555 intervals, for instance when many logical servers are located on the same
556 physical server. With the help of this parameter, it becomes possible to add
557 some randomness in the check interval between 0 and +/- 50%. A value between
558 2 and 5 seems to show good results. The default value remains at 0.
559
Willy Tarreaua0250ba2008-01-06 11:22:57 +0100560tune.maxaccept <number>
561 Sets the maximum number of consecutive accepts that a process may perform on
562 a single wake up. High values give higher priority to high connection rates,
563 while lower values give higher priority to already established connections.
Willy Tarreauf49d1df2009-03-01 08:35:41 +0100564 This value is limited to 100 by default in single process mode. However, in
Willy Tarreaua0250ba2008-01-06 11:22:57 +0100565 multi-process mode (nbproc > 1), it defaults to 8 so that when one process
566 wakes up, it does not take all incoming connections for itself and leaves a
Willy Tarreauf49d1df2009-03-01 08:35:41 +0100567 part of them to other processes. Setting this value to -1 completely disables
Willy Tarreaua0250ba2008-01-06 11:22:57 +0100568 the limitation. It should normally not be needed to tweak this value.
569
570tune.maxpollevents <number>
571 Sets the maximum amount of events that can be processed at once in a call to
572 the polling system. The default value is adapted to the operating system. It
573 has been noticed that reducing it below 200 tends to slightly decrease
574 latency at the expense of network bandwidth, and increasing it above 200
575 tends to trade latency for slightly increased bandwidth.
576
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200577
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005783.3. Debugging
579--------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200580
581debug
582 Enables debug mode which dumps to stdout all exchanges, and disables forking
583 into background. It is the equivalent of the command-line argument "-d". It
584 should never be used in a production configuration since it may prevent full
585 system startup.
586
587quiet
588 Do not display any message during startup. It is equivalent to the command-
589 line argument "-q".
590
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200591
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005924. Proxies
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200593----------
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100594
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200595Proxy configuration can be located in a set of sections :
596 - defaults <name>
597 - frontend <name>
598 - backend <name>
599 - listen <name>
600
601A "defaults" section sets default parameters for all other sections following
602its declaration. Those default parameters are reset by the next "defaults"
603section. See below for the list of parameters which can be set in a "defaults"
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100604section. The name is optional but its use is encouraged for better readability.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200605
606A "frontend" section describes a set of listening sockets accepting client
607connections.
608
609A "backend" section describes a set of servers to which the proxy will connect
610to forward incoming connections.
611
612A "listen" section defines a complete proxy with its frontend and backend
613parts combined in one section. It is generally useful for TCP-only traffic.
614
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100615All proxy names must be formed from upper and lower case letters, digits,
616'-' (dash), '_' (underscore) , '.' (dot) and ':' (colon). ACL names are
617case-sensitive, which means that "www" and "WWW" are two different proxies.
618
619Historically, all proxy names could overlap, it just caused troubles in the
620logs. Since the introduction of content switching, it is mandatory that two
621proxies with overlapping capabilities (frontend/backend) have different names.
622However, it is still permitted that a frontend and a backend share the same
623name, as this configuration seems to be commonly encountered.
624
625Right now, two major proxy modes are supported : "tcp", also known as layer 4,
626and "http", also known as layer 7. In layer 4 mode, HAProxy simply forwards
627bidirectionnal traffic between two sides. In layer 7 mode, HAProxy analyzes the
628protocol, and can interact with it by allowing, blocking, switching, adding,
629modifying, or removing arbitrary contents in requests or responses, based on
630arbitrary criteria.
631
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100632
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006334.1. Proxy keywords matrix
634--------------------------
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100635
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200636The following list of keywords is supported. Most of them may only be used in a
637limited set of section types. Some of them are marked as "deprecated" because
638they are inherited from an old syntax which may be confusing or functionally
639limited, and there are new recommended keywords to replace them. Keywords
640listed with [no] can be optionally inverted using the "no" prefix, ex. "no
641option contstats". This makes sense when the option has been enabled by default
642and must be disabled for a specific instance.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100643
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200644
645keyword defaults frontend listen backend
646----------------------+----------+----------+---------+---------
647acl - X X X
648appsession - - X X
Willy Tarreauc73ce2b2008-01-06 10:55:10 +0100649backlog X X X -
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100650balance X - X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200651bind - X X -
Willy Tarreau0b9c02c2009-02-04 22:05:05 +0100652bind-process X X X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200653block - X X X
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100654capture cookie - X X -
655capture request header - X X -
656capture response header - X X -
Willy Tarreaue219db72007-12-03 01:30:13 +0100657clitimeout X X X - (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100658contimeout X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200659cookie X - X X
660default_backend - X X -
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100661disabled X X X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200662dispatch - - X X
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100663enabled X X X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200664errorfile X X X X
665errorloc X X X X
666errorloc302 X X X X
667errorloc303 X X X X
668fullconn X - X X
669grace - X X X
Willy Tarreaudbc36f62007-11-30 12:29:11 +0100670http-check disable-on-404 X - X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200671log X X X X
672maxconn X X X -
673mode X X X X
Willy Tarreauc7246fc2007-12-02 17:31:20 +0100674monitor fail - X X -
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200675monitor-net X X X -
676monitor-uri X X X -
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100677[no] option abortonclose X - X X
Willy Tarreau4076a152009-04-02 15:18:36 +0200678[no] option accept-invalid-
679 http-request X X X -
680[no] option accept-invalid-
681 http-response X - X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100682[no] option allbackups X - X X
683[no] option checkcache X - X X
684[no] option clitcpka X X X -
685[no] option contstats X X X -
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +0200686[no] option dontlog-normal X X X -
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100687[no] option dontlognull X X X -
688[no] option forceclose X - X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200689option forwardfor X X X X
690option httpchk X - X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100691[no] option httpclose X X X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200692option httplog X X X X
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +0200693[no] option http_proxy X X X X
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +0200694[no] option log-separate-
695 errors X X X -
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100696[no] option logasap X X X -
697[no] option nolinger X X X X
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +0200698option originalto X X X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100699[no] option persist X - X X
700[no] option redispatch X - X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200701option smtpchk X - X X
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100702[no] option splice-auto X X X X
703[no] option splice-request X X X X
704[no] option splice-response X X X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100705[no] option srvtcpka X - X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200706option ssl-hello-chk X - X X
707option tcpka X X X X
708option tcplog X X X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100709[no] option tcpsplice X X X X
Willy Tarreau4b1f8592008-12-23 23:13:55 +0100710[no] option transparent X - X X
Willy Tarreau3a7d2072009-03-05 23:48:25 +0100711rate-limit sessions X X X -
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +0200712redirect - X X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100713redisp X - X X (deprecated)
714redispatch X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200715reqadd - X X X
716reqallow - X X X
717reqdel - X X X
718reqdeny - X X X
719reqiallow - X X X
720reqidel - X X X
721reqideny - X X X
722reqipass - X X X
723reqirep - X X X
724reqisetbe - X X X
725reqitarpit - X X X
726reqpass - X X X
727reqrep - X X X
728reqsetbe - X X X
729reqtarpit - X X X
730retries X - X X
731rspadd - X X X
732rspdel - X X X
733rspdeny - X X X
734rspidel - X X X
735rspideny - X X X
736rspirep - X X X
737rsprep - X X X
738server - - X X
739source X - X X
Willy Tarreaue219db72007-12-03 01:30:13 +0100740srvtimeout X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau24e779b2007-07-24 23:43:37 +0200741stats auth X - X X
742stats enable X - X X
743stats realm X - X X
Willy Tarreaubbd42122007-07-25 07:26:38 +0200744stats refresh X - X X
Willy Tarreau24e779b2007-07-24 23:43:37 +0200745stats scope X - X X
746stats uri X - X X
Krzysztof Oledzkid9db9272007-10-15 10:05:11 +0200747stats hide-version X - X X
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +0200748tcp-request content accept - X X -
749tcp-request content reject - X X -
750tcp-request inspect-delay - X X -
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki5259dfe2008-01-21 01:54:06 +0100751timeout check X - X X
Willy Tarreaue219db72007-12-03 01:30:13 +0100752timeout client X X X -
753timeout clitimeout X X X - (deprecated)
754timeout connect X - X X
755timeout contimeout X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +0100756timeout http-request X X X -
Willy Tarreaue219db72007-12-03 01:30:13 +0100757timeout queue X - X X
758timeout server X - X X
759timeout srvtimeout X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau51c9bde2008-01-06 13:40:03 +0100760timeout tarpit X X X X
Willy Tarreau4b1f8592008-12-23 23:13:55 +0100761transparent X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200762use_backend - X X -
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200763----------------------+----------+----------+---------+---------
764keyword defaults frontend listen backend
765
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100766
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02007674.2. Alphabetically sorted keywords reference
768---------------------------------------------
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100769
770This section provides a description of each keyword and its usage.
771
772
773acl <aclname> <criterion> [flags] [operator] <value> ...
774 Declare or complete an access list.
775 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
776 no | yes | yes | yes
777 Example:
778 acl invalid_src src 0.0.0.0/7 224.0.0.0/3
779 acl invalid_src src_port 0:1023
780 acl local_dst hdr(host) -i localhost
781
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200782 See section 7 about ACL usage.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100783
784
785appsession <cookie> len <length> timeout <holdtime>
786 Define session stickiness on an existing application cookie.
787 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
788 no | no | yes | yes
789 Arguments :
790 <cookie> this is the name of the cookie used by the application and which
791 HAProxy will have to learn for each new session.
792
793 <length> this is the number of characters that will be memorized and
794 checked in each cookie value.
795
796 <holdtime> this is the time after which the cookie will be removed from
797 memory if unused. If no unit is specified, this time is in
798 milliseconds.
799
800 When an application cookie is defined in a backend, HAProxy will check when
801 the server sets such a cookie, and will store its value in a table, and
802 associate it with the server's identifier. Up to <length> characters from
803 the value will be retained. On each connection, haproxy will look for this
804 cookie both in the "Cookie:" headers, and as a URL parameter in the query
805 string. If a known value is found, the client will be directed to the server
806 associated with this value. Otherwise, the load balancing algorithm is
807 applied. Cookies are automatically removed from memory when they have been
808 unused for a duration longer than <holdtime>.
809
810 The definition of an application cookie is limited to one per backend.
811
812 Example :
813 appsession JSESSIONID len 52 timeout 3h
814
815 See also : "cookie", "capture cookie" and "balance".
816
817
Willy Tarreauc73ce2b2008-01-06 10:55:10 +0100818backlog <conns>
819 Give hints to the system about the approximate listen backlog desired size
820 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
821 yes | yes | yes | no
822 Arguments :
823 <conns> is the number of pending connections. Depending on the operating
824 system, it may represent the number of already acknowledged
825 connections, of non-acknowledged ones, or both.
826
827 In order to protect against SYN flood attacks, one solution is to increase
828 the system's SYN backlog size. Depending on the system, sometimes it is just
829 tunable via a system parameter, sometimes it is not adjustable at all, and
830 sometimes the system relies on hints given by the application at the time of
831 the listen() syscall. By default, HAProxy passes the frontend's maxconn value
832 to the listen() syscall. On systems which can make use of this value, it can
833 sometimes be useful to be able to specify a different value, hence this
834 backlog parameter.
835
836 On Linux 2.4, the parameter is ignored by the system. On Linux 2.6, it is
837 used as a hint and the system accepts up to the smallest greater power of
838 two, and never more than some limits (usually 32768).
839
840 See also : "maxconn" and the target operating system's tuning guide.
841
842
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100843balance <algorithm> [ <arguments> ]
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +0200844balance url_param <param> [check_post [<max_wait>]]
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100845 Define the load balancing algorithm to be used in a backend.
846 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
847 yes | no | yes | yes
848 Arguments :
849 <algorithm> is the algorithm used to select a server when doing load
850 balancing. This only applies when no persistence information
851 is available, or when a connection is redispatched to another
852 server. <algorithm> may be one of the following :
853
854 roundrobin Each server is used in turns, according to their weights.
855 This is the smoothest and fairest algorithm when the server's
856 processing time remains equally distributed. This algorithm
857 is dynamic, which means that server weights may be adjusted
858 on the fly for slow starts for instance.
859
Willy Tarreau2d2a7f82008-03-17 12:07:56 +0100860 leastconn The server with the lowest number of connections receives the
861 connection. Round-robin is performed within groups of servers
862 of the same load to ensure that all servers will be used. Use
863 of this algorithm is recommended where very long sessions are
864 expected, such as LDAP, SQL, TSE, etc... but is not very well
865 suited for protocols using short sessions such as HTTP. This
866 algorithm is dynamic, which means that server weights may be
867 adjusted on the fly for slow starts for instance.
868
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100869 source The source IP address is hashed and divided by the total
870 weight of the running servers to designate which server will
871 receive the request. This ensures that the same client IP
872 address will always reach the same server as long as no
873 server goes down or up. If the hash result changes due to the
874 number of running servers changing, many clients will be
875 directed to a different server. This algorithm is generally
876 used in TCP mode where no cookie may be inserted. It may also
877 be used on the Internet to provide a best-effort stickyness
878 to clients which refuse session cookies. This algorithm is
879 static, which means that changing a server's weight on the
880 fly will have no effect.
881
882 uri The left part of the URI (before the question mark) is hashed
883 and divided by the total weight of the running servers. The
884 result designates which server will receive the request. This
885 ensures that a same URI will always be directed to the same
886 server as long as no server goes up or down. This is used
887 with proxy caches and anti-virus proxies in order to maximize
888 the cache hit rate. Note that this algorithm may only be used
889 in an HTTP backend. This algorithm is static, which means
890 that changing a server's weight on the fly will have no
891 effect.
892
Marek Majkowski9c30fc12008-04-27 23:25:55 +0200893 This algorithm support two optional parameters "len" and
894 "depth", both followed by a positive integer number. These
895 options may be helpful when it is needed to balance servers
896 based on the beginning of the URI only. The "len" parameter
897 indicates that the algorithm should only consider that many
898 characters at the beginning of the URI to compute the hash.
899 Note that having "len" set to 1 rarely makes sense since most
900 URIs start with a leading "/".
901
902 The "depth" parameter indicates the maximum directory depth
903 to be used to compute the hash. One level is counted for each
904 slash in the request. If both parameters are specified, the
905 evaluation stops when either is reached.
906
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100907 url_param The URL parameter specified in argument will be looked up in
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +0200908 the query string of each HTTP GET request.
909
910 If the modifier "check_post" is used, then an HTTP POST
911 request entity will be searched for the parameter argument,
912 when the question mark indicating a query string ('?') is not
913 present in the URL. Optionally, specify a number of octets to
914 wait for before attempting to search the message body. If the
915 entity can not be searched, then round robin is used for each
916 request. For instance, if your clients always send the LB
917 parameter in the first 128 bytes, then specify that. The
918 default is 48. The entity data will not be scanned until the
919 required number of octets have arrived at the gateway, this
920 is the minimum of: (default/max_wait, Content-Length or first
921 chunk length). If Content-Length is missing or zero, it does
922 not need to wait for more data than the client promised to
923 send. When Content-Length is present and larger than
924 <max_wait>, then waiting is limited to <max_wait> and it is
925 assumed that this will be enough data to search for the
926 presence of the parameter. In the unlikely event that
927 Transfer-Encoding: chunked is used, only the first chunk is
928 scanned. Parameter values separated by a chunk boundary, may
929 be randomly balanced if at all.
930
931 If the parameter is found followed by an equal sign ('=') and
932 a value, then the value is hashed and divided by the total
933 weight of the running servers. The result designates which
934 server will receive the request.
935
936 This is used to track user identifiers in requests and ensure
937 that a same user ID will always be sent to the same server as
938 long as no server goes up or down. If no value is found or if
939 the parameter is not found, then a round robin algorithm is
940 applied. Note that this algorithm may only be used in an HTTP
941 backend. This algorithm is static, which means that changing a
942 server's weight on the fly will have no effect.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100943
Benoitaffb4812009-03-25 13:02:10 +0100944 hdr(name) The HTTP header <name> will be looked up in each HTTP request.
945 Just as with the equivalent ACL 'hdr()' function, the header
946 name in parenthesis is not case sensitive. If the header is
947 absent or if it does not contain any value, the round-robin
948 algorithm is applied instead.
949
950 An optionnal 'use_domain_only' parameter is available, for
951 reducing the hash algorithm to the main domain part with some
952 specific headers such as 'Host'. For instance, in the Host
953 value "haproxy.1wt.eu", only "1wt" will be considered.
954
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100955 <arguments> is an optional list of arguments which may be needed by some
Marek Majkowski9c30fc12008-04-27 23:25:55 +0200956 algorithms. Right now, only "url_param" and "uri" support an
957 optional argument.
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +0200958
Marek Majkowski9c30fc12008-04-27 23:25:55 +0200959 balance uri [len <len>] [depth <depth>]
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +0200960 balance url_param <param> [check_post [<max_wait>]]
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100961
Willy Tarreau3cd9af22009-03-15 14:06:41 +0100962 The load balancing algorithm of a backend is set to roundrobin when no other
963 algorithm, mode nor option have been set. The algorithm may only be set once
964 for each backend.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100965
966 Examples :
967 balance roundrobin
968 balance url_param userid
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +0200969 balance url_param session_id check_post 64
Benoitaffb4812009-03-25 13:02:10 +0100970 balance hdr(User-Agent)
971 balance hdr(host)
972 balance hdr(Host) use_domain_only
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +0200973
974 Note: the following caveats and limitations on using the "check_post"
975 extension with "url_param" must be considered :
976
977 - all POST requests are eligable for consideration, because there is no way
978 to determine if the parameters will be found in the body or entity which
979 may contain binary data. Therefore another method may be required to
980 restrict consideration of POST requests that have no URL parameters in
981 the body. (see acl reqideny http_end)
982
983 - using a <max_wait> value larger than the request buffer size does not
984 make sense and is useless. The buffer size is set at build time, and
985 defaults to 16 kB.
986
987 - Content-Encoding is not supported, the parameter search will probably
988 fail; and load balancing will fall back to Round Robin.
989
990 - Expect: 100-continue is not supported, load balancing will fall back to
991 Round Robin.
992
993 - Transfer-Encoding (RFC2616 3.6.1) is only supported in the first chunk.
994 If the entire parameter value is not present in the first chunk, the
995 selection of server is undefined (actually, defined by how little
996 actually appeared in the first chunk).
997
998 - This feature does not support generation of a 100, 411 or 501 response.
999
1000 - In some cases, requesting "check_post" MAY attempt to scan the entire
1001 contents of a message body. Scaning normally terminates when linear
1002 white space or control characters are found, indicating the end of what
1003 might be a URL parameter list. This is probably not a concern with SGML
1004 type message bodies.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001005
1006 See also : "dispatch", "cookie", "appsession", "transparent" and "http_proxy".
1007
1008
1009bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...]
Willy Tarreau5e6e2042009-02-04 17:19:29 +01001010bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...] interface <interface>
Willy Tarreaub1e52e82008-01-13 14:49:51 +01001011bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...] transparent
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001012 Define one or several listening addresses and/or ports in a frontend.
1013 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1014 no | yes | yes | no
1015 Arguments :
Willy Tarreaub1e52e82008-01-13 14:49:51 +01001016 <address> is optional and can be a host name, an IPv4 address, an IPv6
1017 address, or '*'. It designates the address the frontend will
1018 listen on. If unset, all IPv4 addresses of the system will be
1019 listened on. The same will apply for '*' or the system's
1020 special address "0.0.0.0".
1021
1022 <port> is the TCP port number the proxy will listen on. The port is
1023 mandatory. Note that in the case of an IPv6 address, the port
1024 is always the number after the last colon (':').
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001025
Willy Tarreau5e6e2042009-02-04 17:19:29 +01001026 <interface> is an optional physical interface name. This is currently
1027 only supported on Linux. The interface must be a physical
1028 interface, not an aliased interface. When specified, all
1029 addresses on the same line will only be accepted if the
1030 incoming packet physically come through the designated
1031 interface. It is also possible to bind multiple frontends to
1032 the same address if they are bound to different interfaces.
1033 Note that binding to a physical interface requires root
1034 privileges.
1035
Willy Tarreaub1e52e82008-01-13 14:49:51 +01001036 transparent is an optional keyword which is supported only on certain
1037 Linux kernels. It indicates that the addresses will be bound
1038 even if they do not belong to the local machine. Any packet
1039 targetting any of these addresses will be caught just as if
1040 the address was locally configured. This normally requires
1041 that IP forwarding is enabled. Caution! do not use this with
1042 the default address '*', as it would redirect any traffic for
1043 the specified port. This keyword is available only when
1044 HAProxy is built with USE_LINUX_TPROXY=1.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001045
1046 It is possible to specify a list of address:port combinations delimited by
1047 commas. The frontend will then listen on all of these addresses. There is no
1048 fixed limit to the number of addresses and ports which can be listened on in
1049 a frontend, as well as there is no limit to the number of "bind" statements
1050 in a frontend.
1051
1052 Example :
1053 listen http_proxy
1054 bind :80,:443
1055 bind 10.0.0.1:10080,10.0.0.1:10443
1056
1057 See also : "source".
1058
1059
Willy Tarreau0b9c02c2009-02-04 22:05:05 +01001060bind-process [ all | odd | even | <number 1-32> ] ...
1061 Limit visibility of an instance to a certain set of processes numbers.
1062 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1063 yes | yes | yes | yes
1064 Arguments :
1065 all All process will see this instance. This is the default. It
1066 may be used to override a default value.
1067
1068 odd This instance will be enabled on processes 1,3,5,...31. This
1069 option may be combined with other numbers.
1070
1071 even This instance will be enabled on processes 2,4,6,...32. This
1072 option may be combined with other numbers. Do not use it
1073 with less than 2 processes otherwise some instances might be
1074 missing from all processes.
1075
1076 number The instance will be enabled on this process number, between
1077 1 and 32. You must be careful not to reference a process
1078 number greater than the configured global.nbproc, otherwise
1079 some instances might be missing from all processes.
1080
1081 This keyword limits binding of certain instances to certain processes. This
1082 is useful in order not to have too many processes listening to the same
1083 ports. For instance, on a dual-core machine, it might make sense to set
1084 'nbproc 2' in the global section, then distributes the listeners among 'odd'
1085 and 'even' instances.
1086
1087 At the moment, it is not possible to reference more than 32 processes using
1088 this keyword, but this should be more than enough for most setups. Please
1089 note that 'all' really means all processes and is not limited to the first
1090 32.
1091
1092 If some backends are referenced by frontends bound to other processes, the
1093 backend automatically inherits the frontend's processes.
1094
1095 Example :
1096 listen app_ip1
1097 bind 10.0.0.1:80
1098 bind_process odd
1099
1100 listen app_ip2
1101 bind 10.0.0.2:80
1102 bind_process even
1103
1104 listen management
1105 bind 10.0.0.3:80
1106 bind_process 1 2 3 4
1107
1108 See also : "nbproc" in global section.
1109
1110
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001111block { if | unless } <condition>
1112 Block a layer 7 request if/unless a condition is matched
1113 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1114 no | yes | yes | yes
1115
1116 The HTTP request will be blocked very early in the layer 7 processing
1117 if/unless <condition> is matched. A 403 error will be returned if the request
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02001118 is blocked. The condition has to reference ACLs (see section 7). This is
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001119 typically used to deny access to certain sensible resources if some
1120 conditions are met or not met. There is no fixed limit to the number of
1121 "block" statements per instance.
1122
1123 Example:
1124 acl invalid_src src 0.0.0.0/7 224.0.0.0/3
1125 acl invalid_src src_port 0:1023
1126 acl local_dst hdr(host) -i localhost
1127 block if invalid_src || local_dst
1128
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02001129 See section 7 about ACL usage.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001130
1131
1132capture cookie <name> len <length>
1133 Capture and log a cookie in the request and in the response.
1134 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1135 no | yes | yes | no
1136 Arguments :
1137 <name> is the beginning of the name of the cookie to capture. In order
1138 to match the exact name, simply suffix the name with an equal
1139 sign ('='). The full name will appear in the logs, which is
1140 useful with application servers which adjust both the cookie name
1141 and value (eg: ASPSESSIONXXXXX).
1142
1143 <length> is the maximum number of characters to report in the logs, which
1144 include the cookie name, the equal sign and the value, all in the
1145 standard "name=value" form. The string will be truncated on the
1146 right if it exceeds <length>.
1147
1148 Only the first cookie is captured. Both the "cookie" request headers and the
1149 "set-cookie" response headers are monitored. This is particularly useful to
1150 check for application bugs causing session crossing or stealing between
1151 users, because generally the user's cookies can only change on a login page.
1152
1153 When the cookie was not presented by the client, the associated log column
1154 will report "-". When a request does not cause a cookie to be assigned by the
1155 server, a "-" is reported in the response column.
1156
1157 The capture is performed in the frontend only because it is necessary that
1158 the log format does not change for a given frontend depending on the
1159 backends. This may change in the future. Note that there can be only one
1160 "capture cookie" statement in a frontend. The maximum capture length is
1161 configured in the souces by default to 64 characters. It is not possible to
1162 specify a capture in a "defaults" section.
1163
1164 Example:
1165 capture cookie ASPSESSION len 32
1166
1167 See also : "capture request header", "capture response header" as well as
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02001168 section 8 about logging.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001169
1170
1171capture request header <name> len <length>
1172 Capture and log the first occurrence of the specified request header.
1173 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1174 no | yes | yes | no
1175 Arguments :
1176 <name> is the name of the header to capture. The header names are not
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001177 case-sensitive, but it is a common practice to write them as they
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001178 appear in the requests, with the first letter of each word in
1179 upper case. The header name will not appear in the logs, only the
1180 value is reported, but the position in the logs is respected.
1181
1182 <length> is the maximum number of characters to extract from the value and
1183 report in the logs. The string will be truncated on the right if
1184 it exceeds <length>.
1185
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001186 Only the first value of the last occurrence of the header is captured. The
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001187 value will be added to the logs between braces ('{}'). If multiple headers
1188 are captured, they will be delimited by a vertical bar ('|') and will appear
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001189 in the same order they were declared in the configuration. Non-existent
1190 headers will be logged just as an empty string. Common uses for request
1191 header captures include the "Host" field in virtual hosting environments, the
1192 "Content-length" when uploads are supported, "User-agent" to quickly
1193 differenciate between real users and robots, and "X-Forwarded-For" in proxied
1194 environments to find where the request came from.
1195
1196 Note that when capturing headers such as "User-agent", some spaces may be
1197 logged, making the log analysis more difficult. Thus be careful about what
1198 you log if you know your log parser is not smart enough to rely on the
1199 braces.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001200
1201 There is no limit to the number of captured request headers, but each capture
1202 is limited to 64 characters. In order to keep log format consistent for a
1203 same frontend, header captures can only be declared in a frontend. It is not
1204 possible to specify a capture in a "defaults" section.
1205
1206 Example:
1207 capture request header Host len 15
1208 capture request header X-Forwarded-For len 15
1209 capture request header Referrer len 15
1210
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02001211 See also : "capture cookie", "capture response header" as well as section 8
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001212 about logging.
1213
1214
1215capture response header <name> len <length>
1216 Capture and log the first occurrence of the specified response header.
1217 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1218 no | yes | yes | no
1219 Arguments :
1220 <name> is the name of the header to capture. The header names are not
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001221 case-sensitive, but it is a common practice to write them as they
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001222 appear in the response, with the first letter of each word in
1223 upper case. The header name will not appear in the logs, only the
1224 value is reported, but the position in the logs is respected.
1225
1226 <length> is the maximum number of characters to extract from the value and
1227 report in the logs. The string will be truncated on the right if
1228 it exceeds <length>.
1229
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001230 Only the first value of the last occurrence of the header is captured. The
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001231 result will be added to the logs between braces ('{}') after the captured
1232 request headers. If multiple headers are captured, they will be delimited by
1233 a vertical bar ('|') and will appear in the same order they were declared in
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001234 the configuration. Non-existent headers will be logged just as an empty
1235 string. Common uses for response header captures include the "Content-length"
1236 header which indicates how many bytes are expected to be returned, the
1237 "Location" header to track redirections.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001238
1239 There is no limit to the number of captured response headers, but each
1240 capture is limited to 64 characters. In order to keep log format consistent
1241 for a same frontend, header captures can only be declared in a frontend. It
1242 is not possible to specify a capture in a "defaults" section.
1243
1244 Example:
1245 capture response header Content-length len 9
1246 capture response header Location len 15
1247
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02001248 See also : "capture cookie", "capture request header" as well as section 8
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001249 about logging.
1250
1251
1252clitimeout <timeout>
1253 Set the maximum inactivity time on the client side.
1254 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1255 yes | yes | yes | no
1256 Arguments :
1257 <timeout> is the timeout value is specified in milliseconds by default, but
1258 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
1259 as explained at the top of this document.
1260
1261 The inactivity timeout applies when the client is expected to acknowledge or
1262 send data. In HTTP mode, this timeout is particularly important to consider
1263 during the first phase, when the client sends the request, and during the
1264 response while it is reading data sent by the server. The value is specified
1265 in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other unit if the number is
1266 suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this document. In TCP mode
1267 (and to a lesser extent, in HTTP mode), it is highly recommended that the
1268 client timeout remains equal to the server timeout in order to avoid complex
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001269 situations to debug. It is a good practice to cover one or several TCP packet
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001270 losses by specifying timeouts that are slightly above multiples of 3 seconds
1271 (eg: 4 or 5 seconds).
1272
1273 This parameter is specific to frontends, but can be specified once for all in
1274 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
1275 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
1276 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
1277 during startup because it may results in accumulation of expired sessions in
1278 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
1279
1280 This parameter is provided for compatibility but is currently deprecated.
1281 Please use "timeout client" instead.
1282
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01001283 See also : "timeout client", "timeout http-request", "timeout server", and
1284 "srvtimeout".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001285
1286
1287contimeout <timeout>
1288 Set the maximum time to wait for a connection attempt to a server to succeed.
1289 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1290 yes | no | yes | yes
1291 Arguments :
1292 <timeout> is the timeout value is specified in milliseconds by default, but
1293 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
1294 as explained at the top of this document.
1295
1296 If the server is located on the same LAN as haproxy, the connection should be
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001297 immediate (less than a few milliseconds). Anyway, it is a good practice to
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001298 cover one or several TCP packet losses by specifying timeouts that are
1299 slightly above multiples of 3 seconds (eg: 4 or 5 seconds). By default, the
1300 connect timeout also presets the queue timeout to the same value if this one
1301 has not been specified. Historically, the contimeout was also used to set the
1302 tarpit timeout in a listen section, which is not possible in a pure frontend.
1303
1304 This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in
1305 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
1306 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
1307 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
1308 during startup because it may results in accumulation of failed sessions in
1309 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
1310
1311 This parameter is provided for backwards compatibility but is currently
1312 deprecated. Please use "timeout connect", "timeout queue" or "timeout tarpit"
1313 instead.
1314
1315 See also : "timeout connect", "timeout queue", "timeout tarpit",
1316 "timeout server", "contimeout".
1317
1318
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02001319cookie <name> [ rewrite | insert | prefix ] [ indirect ] [ nocache ]
1320 [ postonly ] [ domain <domain> ]
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001321 Enable cookie-based persistence in a backend.
1322 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1323 yes | no | yes | yes
1324 Arguments :
1325 <name> is the name of the cookie which will be monitored, modified or
1326 inserted in order to bring persistence. This cookie is sent to
1327 the client via a "Set-Cookie" header in the response, and is
1328 brought back by the client in a "Cookie" header in all requests.
1329 Special care should be taken to choose a name which does not
1330 conflict with any likely application cookie. Also, if the same
1331 backends are subject to be used by the same clients (eg:
1332 HTTP/HTTPS), care should be taken to use different cookie names
1333 between all backends if persistence between them is not desired.
1334
1335 rewrite This keyword indicates that the cookie will be provided by the
1336 server and that haproxy will have to modify its value to set the
1337 server's identifier in it. This mode is handy when the management
1338 of complex combinations of "Set-cookie" and "Cache-control"
1339 headers is left to the application. The application can then
1340 decide whether or not it is appropriate to emit a persistence
1341 cookie. Since all responses should be monitored, this mode only
1342 works in HTTP close mode. Unless the application behaviour is
1343 very complex and/or broken, it is advised not to start with this
1344 mode for new deployments. This keyword is incompatible with
1345 "insert" and "prefix".
1346
1347 insert This keyword indicates that the persistence cookie will have to
1348 be inserted by haproxy in the responses. If the server emits a
1349 cookie with the same name, it will be replaced anyway. For this
1350 reason, this mode can be used to upgrade existing configurations
1351 running in the "rewrite" mode. The cookie will only be a session
1352 cookie and will not be stored on the client's disk. Due to
1353 caching effects, it is generally wise to add the "indirect" and
1354 "nocache" or "postonly" keywords (see below). The "insert"
1355 keyword is not compatible with "rewrite" and "prefix".
1356
1357 prefix This keyword indicates that instead of relying on a dedicated
1358 cookie for the persistence, an existing one will be completed.
1359 This may be needed in some specific environments where the client
1360 does not support more than one single cookie and the application
1361 already needs it. In this case, whenever the server sets a cookie
1362 named <name>, it will be prefixed with the server's identifier
1363 and a delimiter. The prefix will be removed from all client
1364 requests so that the server still finds the cookie it emitted.
1365 Since all requests and responses are subject to being modified,
1366 this mode requires the HTTP close mode. The "prefix" keyword is
1367 not compatible with "rewrite" and "insert".
1368
1369 indirect When this option is specified in insert mode, cookies will only
1370 be added when the server was not reached after a direct access,
1371 which means that only when a server is elected after applying a
1372 load-balancing algorithm, or after a redispatch, then the cookie
1373 will be inserted. If the client has all the required information
1374 to connect to the same server next time, no further cookie will
1375 be inserted. In all cases, when the "indirect" option is used in
1376 insert mode, the cookie is always removed from the requests
1377 transmitted to the server. The persistence mechanism then becomes
1378 totally transparent from the application point of view.
1379
1380 nocache This option is recommended in conjunction with the insert mode
1381 when there is a cache between the client and HAProxy, as it
1382 ensures that a cacheable response will be tagged non-cacheable if
1383 a cookie needs to be inserted. This is important because if all
1384 persistence cookies are added on a cacheable home page for
1385 instance, then all customers will then fetch the page from an
1386 outer cache and will all share the same persistence cookie,
1387 leading to one server receiving much more traffic than others.
1388 See also the "insert" and "postonly" options.
1389
1390 postonly This option ensures that cookie insertion will only be performed
1391 on responses to POST requests. It is an alternative to the
1392 "nocache" option, because POST responses are not cacheable, so
1393 this ensures that the persistence cookie will never get cached.
1394 Since most sites do not need any sort of persistence before the
1395 first POST which generally is a login request, this is a very
1396 efficient method to optimize caching without risking to find a
1397 persistence cookie in the cache.
1398 See also the "insert" and "nocache" options.
1399
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkiefe3b6f2008-05-23 23:49:32 +02001400 domain This option allows to specify the domain at which a cookie is
1401 inserted. It requires exactly one paramater: a valid domain
1402 name.
1403
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001404 There can be only one persistence cookie per HTTP backend, and it can be
1405 declared in a defaults section. The value of the cookie will be the value
1406 indicated after the "cookie" keyword in a "server" statement. If no cookie
1407 is declared for a given server, the cookie is not set.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02001408
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001409 Examples :
1410 cookie JSESSIONID prefix
1411 cookie SRV insert indirect nocache
1412 cookie SRV insert postonly indirect
1413
1414 See also : "appsession", "balance source", "capture cookie", "server".
1415
1416
1417default_backend <backend>
1418 Specify the backend to use when no "use_backend" rule has been matched.
1419 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1420 yes | yes | yes | no
1421 Arguments :
1422 <backend> is the name of the backend to use.
1423
1424 When doing content-switching between frontend and backends using the
1425 "use_backend" keyword, it is often useful to indicate which backend will be
1426 used when no rule has matched. It generally is the dynamic backend which
1427 will catch all undetermined requests.
1428
1429 The "default_backend" keyword is also supported in TCP mode frontends to
1430 facilitate the ordering of configurations in frontends and backends,
1431 eventhough it does not make much more sense in case of TCP due to the fact
1432 that use_backend currently does not work in TCP mode.
1433
1434 Example :
1435
1436 use_backend dynamic if url_dyn
1437 use_backend static if url_css url_img extension_img
1438 default_backend dynamic
1439
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001440 See also : "use_backend", "reqsetbe", "reqisetbe"
1441
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001442
1443disabled
1444 Disable a proxy, frontend or backend.
1445 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1446 yes | yes | yes | yes
1447 Arguments : none
1448
1449 The "disabled" keyword is used to disable an instance, mainly in order to
1450 liberate a listening port or to temporarily disable a service. The instance
1451 will still be created and its configuration will be checked, but it will be
1452 created in the "stopped" state and will appear as such in the statistics. It
1453 will not receive any traffic nor will it send any health-checks or logs. It
1454 is possible to disable many instances at once by adding the "disabled"
1455 keyword in a "defaults" section.
1456
1457 See also : "enabled"
1458
1459
1460enabled
1461 Enable a proxy, frontend or backend.
1462 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1463 yes | yes | yes | yes
1464 Arguments : none
1465
1466 The "enabled" keyword is used to explicitly enable an instance, when the
1467 defaults has been set to "disabled". This is very rarely used.
1468
1469 See also : "disabled"
1470
1471
1472errorfile <code> <file>
1473 Return a file contents instead of errors generated by HAProxy
1474 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1475 yes | yes | yes | yes
1476 Arguments :
1477 <code> is the HTTP status code. Currently, HAProxy is capable of
1478 generating codes 400, 403, 408, 500, 502, 503, and 504.
1479
1480 <file> designates a file containing the full HTTP response. It is
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001481 recommended to follow the common practice of appending ".http" to
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001482 the filename so that people do not confuse the response with HTML
Willy Tarreau59140a22009-02-22 12:02:30 +01001483 error pages, and to use absolute paths, since files are read
1484 before any chroot is performed.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001485
1486 It is important to understand that this keyword is not meant to rewrite
1487 errors returned by the server, but errors detected and returned by HAProxy.
1488 This is why the list of supported errors is limited to a small set.
1489
1490 The files are returned verbatim on the TCP socket. This allows any trick such
1491 as redirections to another URL or site, as well as tricks to clean cookies,
1492 force enable or disable caching, etc... The package provides default error
1493 files returning the same contents as default errors.
1494
Willy Tarreau59140a22009-02-22 12:02:30 +01001495 The files should not exceed the configured buffer size (BUFSIZE), which
1496 generally is 8 or 16 kB, otherwise they will be truncated. It is also wise
1497 not to put any reference to local contents (eg: images) in order to avoid
1498 loops between the client and HAProxy when all servers are down, causing an
1499 error to be returned instead of an image. For better HTTP compliance, it is
1500 recommended that all header lines end with CR-LF and not LF alone.
1501
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001502 The files are read at the same time as the configuration and kept in memory.
1503 For this reason, the errors continue to be returned even when the process is
1504 chrooted, and no file change is considered while the process is running. A
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01001505 simple method for developing those files consists in associating them to the
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001506 403 status code and interrogating a blocked URL.
1507
1508 See also : "errorloc", "errorloc302", "errorloc303"
1509
Willy Tarreau59140a22009-02-22 12:02:30 +01001510 Example :
1511 errorfile 400 /etc/haproxy/errorfiles/400badreq.http
1512 errorfile 403 /etc/haproxy/errorfiles/403forbid.http
1513 errorfile 503 /etc/haproxy/errorfiles/503sorry.http
1514
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001515
1516errorloc <code> <url>
1517errorloc302 <code> <url>
1518 Return an HTTP redirection to a URL instead of errors generated by HAProxy
1519 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1520 yes | yes | yes | yes
1521 Arguments :
1522 <code> is the HTTP status code. Currently, HAProxy is capable of
1523 generating codes 400, 403, 408, 500, 502, 503, and 504.
1524
1525 <url> it is the exact contents of the "Location" header. It may contain
1526 either a relative URI to an error page hosted on the same site,
1527 or an absolute URI designating an error page on another site.
1528 Special care should be given to relative URIs to avoid redirect
1529 loops if the URI itself may generate the same error (eg: 500).
1530
1531 It is important to understand that this keyword is not meant to rewrite
1532 errors returned by the server, but errors detected and returned by HAProxy.
1533 This is why the list of supported errors is limited to a small set.
1534
1535 Note that both keyword return the HTTP 302 status code, which tells the
1536 client to fetch the designated URL using the same HTTP method. This can be
1537 quite problematic in case of non-GET methods such as POST, because the URL
1538 sent to the client might not be allowed for something other than GET. To
1539 workaround this problem, please use "errorloc303" which send the HTTP 303
1540 status code, indicating to the client that the URL must be fetched with a GET
1541 request.
1542
1543 See also : "errorfile", "errorloc303"
1544
1545
1546errorloc303 <code> <url>
1547 Return an HTTP redirection to a URL instead of errors generated by HAProxy
1548 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1549 yes | yes | yes | yes
1550 Arguments :
1551 <code> is the HTTP status code. Currently, HAProxy is capable of
1552 generating codes 400, 403, 408, 500, 502, 503, and 504.
1553
1554 <url> it is the exact contents of the "Location" header. It may contain
1555 either a relative URI to an error page hosted on the same site,
1556 or an absolute URI designating an error page on another site.
1557 Special care should be given to relative URIs to avoid redirect
1558 loops if the URI itself may generate the same error (eg: 500).
1559
1560 It is important to understand that this keyword is not meant to rewrite
1561 errors returned by the server, but errors detected and returned by HAProxy.
1562 This is why the list of supported errors is limited to a small set.
1563
1564 Note that both keyword return the HTTP 303 status code, which tells the
1565 client to fetch the designated URL using the same HTTP GET method. This
1566 solves the usual problems associated with "errorloc" and the 302 code. It is
1567 possible that some very old browsers designed before HTTP/1.1 do not support
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001568 it, but no such problem has been reported till now.
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001569
1570 See also : "errorfile", "errorloc", "errorloc302"
1571
1572
1573fullconn <conns>
1574 Specify at what backend load the servers will reach their maxconn
1575 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1576 yes | no | yes | yes
1577 Arguments :
1578 <conns> is the number of connections on the backend which will make the
1579 servers use the maximal number of connections.
1580
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01001581 When a server has a "maxconn" parameter specified, it means that its number
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001582 of concurrent connections will never go higher. Additionally, if it has a
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01001583 "minconn" parameter, it indicates a dynamic limit following the backend's
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001584 load. The server will then always accept at least <minconn> connections,
1585 never more than <maxconn>, and the limit will be on the ramp between both
1586 values when the backend has less than <conns> concurrent connections. This
1587 makes it possible to limit the load on the servers during normal loads, but
1588 push it further for important loads without overloading the servers during
1589 exceptionnal loads.
1590
1591 Example :
1592 # The servers will accept between 100 and 1000 concurrent connections each
1593 # and the maximum of 1000 will be reached when the backend reaches 10000
1594 # connections.
1595 backend dynamic
1596 fullconn 10000
1597 server srv1 dyn1:80 minconn 100 maxconn 1000
1598 server srv2 dyn2:80 minconn 100 maxconn 1000
1599
1600 See also : "maxconn", "server"
1601
1602
1603grace <time>
1604 Maintain a proxy operational for some time after a soft stop
1605 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1606 no | yes | yes | yes
1607 Arguments :
1608 <time> is the time (by default in milliseconds) for which the instance
1609 will remain operational with the frontend sockets still listening
1610 when a soft-stop is received via the SIGUSR1 signal.
1611
1612 This may be used to ensure that the services disappear in a certain order.
1613 This was designed so that frontends which are dedicated to monitoring by an
1614 external equipement fail immediately while other ones remain up for the time
1615 needed by the equipment to detect the failure.
1616
1617 Note that currently, there is very little benefit in using this parameter,
1618 and it may in fact complicate the soft-reconfiguration process more than
1619 simplify it.
1620
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001621
1622http-check disable-on-404
1623 Enable a maintenance mode upon HTTP/404 response to health-checks
1624 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001625 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001626 Arguments : none
1627
1628 When this option is set, a server which returns an HTTP code 404 will be
1629 excluded from further load-balancing, but will still receive persistent
1630 connections. This provides a very convenient method for Web administrators
1631 to perform a graceful shutdown of their servers. It is also important to note
1632 that a server which is detected as failed while it was in this mode will not
1633 generate an alert, just a notice. If the server responds 2xx or 3xx again, it
1634 will immediately be reinserted into the farm. The status on the stats page
1635 reports "NOLB" for a server in this mode. It is important to note that this
1636 option only works in conjunction with the "httpchk" option.
1637
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001638 See also : "option httpchk"
1639
1640
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01001641id <value>
1642 Set a persistent value for proxy ID. Must be unique and larger than 1000, as
1643 smaller values are reserved for auto-assigned ids.
1644
1645
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001646log global
Willy Tarreauf7edefa2009-05-10 17:20:05 +02001647log <address> <facility> [<level> [<minlevel>]]
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001648 Enable per-instance logging of events and traffic.
1649 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1650 yes | yes | yes | yes
1651 Arguments :
1652 global should be used when the instance's logging parameters are the
1653 same as the global ones. This is the most common usage. "global"
1654 replaces <address>, <facility> and <level> with those of the log
1655 entries found in the "global" section. Only one "log global"
1656 statement may be used per instance, and this form takes no other
1657 parameter.
1658
1659 <address> indicates where to send the logs. It takes the same format as
1660 for the "global" section's logs, and can be one of :
1661
1662 - An IPv4 address optionally followed by a colon (':') and a UDP
1663 port. If no port is specified, 514 is used by default (the
1664 standard syslog port).
1665
1666 - A filesystem path to a UNIX domain socket, keeping in mind
1667 considerations for chroot (be sure the path is accessible
1668 inside the chroot) and uid/gid (be sure the path is
1669 appropriately writeable).
1670
1671 <facility> must be one of the 24 standard syslog facilities :
1672
1673 kern user mail daemon auth syslog lpr news
1674 uucp cron auth2 ftp ntp audit alert cron2
1675 local0 local1 local2 local3 local4 local5 local6 local7
1676
1677 <level> is optional and can be specified to filter outgoing messages. By
1678 default, all messages are sent. If a level is specified, only
1679 messages with a severity at least as important as this level
Willy Tarreauf7edefa2009-05-10 17:20:05 +02001680 will be sent. An optional minimum level can be specified. If it
1681 is set, logs emitted with a more severe level than this one will
1682 be capped to this level. This is used to avoid sending "emerg"
1683 messages on all terminals on some default syslog configurations.
1684 Eight levels are known :
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001685
1686 emerg alert crit err warning notice info debug
1687
1688 Note that up to two "log" entries may be specified per instance. However, if
1689 "log global" is used and if the "global" section already contains 2 log
1690 entries, then additional log entries will be ignored.
1691
1692 Also, it is important to keep in mind that it is the frontend which decides
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001693 what to log from a connection, and that in case of content switching, the log
1694 entries from the backend will be ignored. Connections are logged at level
1695 "info".
1696
1697 However, backend log declaration define how and where servers status changes
1698 will be logged. Level "notice" will be used to indicate a server going up,
1699 "warning" will be used for termination signals and definitive service
1700 termination, and "alert" will be used for when a server goes down.
1701
1702 Note : According to RFC3164, messages are truncated to 1024 bytes before
1703 being emitted.
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001704
1705 Example :
1706 log global
Willy Tarreauf7edefa2009-05-10 17:20:05 +02001707 log 127.0.0.1:514 local0 notice # only send important events
1708 log 127.0.0.1:514 local0 notice notice # same but limit output level
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001709
1710
1711maxconn <conns>
1712 Fix the maximum number of concurrent connections on a frontend
1713 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1714 yes | yes | yes | no
1715 Arguments :
1716 <conns> is the maximum number of concurrent connections the frontend will
1717 accept to serve. Excess connections will be queued by the system
1718 in the socket's listen queue and will be served once a connection
1719 closes.
1720
1721 If the system supports it, it can be useful on big sites to raise this limit
1722 very high so that haproxy manages connection queues, instead of leaving the
1723 clients with unanswered connection attempts. This value should not exceed the
1724 global maxconn. Also, keep in mind that a connection contains two buffers
1725 of 8kB each, as well as some other data resulting in about 17 kB of RAM being
1726 consumed per established connection. That means that a medium system equipped
1727 with 1GB of RAM can withstand around 40000-50000 concurrent connections if
1728 properly tuned.
1729
1730 Also, when <conns> is set to large values, it is possible that the servers
1731 are not sized to accept such loads, and for this reason it is generally wise
1732 to assign them some reasonable connection limits.
1733
1734 See also : "server", global section's "maxconn", "fullconn"
1735
1736
1737mode { tcp|http|health }
1738 Set the running mode or protocol of the instance
1739 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1740 yes | yes | yes | yes
1741 Arguments :
1742 tcp The instance will work in pure TCP mode. A full-duplex connection
1743 will be established between clients and servers, and no layer 7
1744 examination will be performed. This is the default mode. It
1745 should be used for SSL, SSH, SMTP, ...
1746
1747 http The instance will work in HTTP mode. The client request will be
1748 analyzed in depth before connecting to any server. Any request
1749 which is not RFC-compliant will be rejected. Layer 7 filtering,
1750 processing and switching will be possible. This is the mode which
1751 brings HAProxy most of its value.
1752
1753 health The instance will work in "health" mode. It will just reply "OK"
1754 to incoming connections and close the connection. Nothing will be
1755 logged. This mode is used to reply to external components health
1756 checks. This mode is deprecated and should not be used anymore as
1757 it is possible to do the same and even better by combining TCP or
1758 HTTP modes with the "monitor" keyword.
1759
1760 When doing content switching, it is mandatory that the frontend and the
1761 backend are in the same mode (generally HTTP), otherwise the configuration
1762 will be refused.
1763
1764 Example :
1765 defaults http_instances
1766 mode http
1767
1768 See also : "monitor", "monitor-net"
1769
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001770
1771monitor fail [if | unless] <condition>
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001772 Add a condition to report a failure to a monitor HTTP request.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001773 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1774 no | yes | yes | no
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001775 Arguments :
1776 if <cond> the monitor request will fail if the condition is satisfied,
1777 and will succeed otherwise. The condition should describe a
1778 combinated test which must induce a failure if all conditions
1779 are met, for instance a low number of servers both in a
1780 backend and its backup.
1781
1782 unless <cond> the monitor request will succeed only if the condition is
1783 satisfied, and will fail otherwise. Such a condition may be
1784 based on a test on the presence of a minimum number of active
1785 servers in a list of backends.
1786
1787 This statement adds a condition which can force the response to a monitor
1788 request to report a failure. By default, when an external component queries
1789 the URI dedicated to monitoring, a 200 response is returned. When one of the
1790 conditions above is met, haproxy will return 503 instead of 200. This is
1791 very useful to report a site failure to an external component which may base
1792 routing advertisements between multiple sites on the availability reported by
1793 haproxy. In this case, one would rely on an ACL involving the "nbsrv"
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001794 criterion. Note that "monitor fail" only works in HTTP mode.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001795
1796 Example:
1797 frontend www
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001798 mode http
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001799 acl site_dead nbsrv(dynamic) lt 2
1800 acl site_dead nbsrv(static) lt 2
1801 monitor-uri /site_alive
1802 monitor fail if site_dead
1803
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001804 See also : "monitor-net", "monitor-uri"
1805
1806
1807monitor-net <source>
1808 Declare a source network which is limited to monitor requests
1809 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1810 yes | yes | yes | no
1811 Arguments :
1812 <source> is the source IPv4 address or network which will only be able to
1813 get monitor responses to any request. It can be either an IPv4
1814 address, a host name, or an address followed by a slash ('/')
1815 followed by a mask.
1816
1817 In TCP mode, any connection coming from a source matching <source> will cause
1818 the connection to be immediately closed without any log. This allows another
1819 equipement to probe the port and verify that it is still listening, without
1820 forwarding the connection to a remote server.
1821
1822 In HTTP mode, a connection coming from a source matching <source> will be
1823 accepted, the following response will be sent without waiting for a request,
1824 then the connection will be closed : "HTTP/1.0 200 OK". This is normally
1825 enough for any front-end HTTP probe to detect that the service is UP and
1826 running without forwarding the request to a backend server.
1827
1828 Monitor requests are processed very early. It is not possible to block nor
1829 divert them using ACLs. They cannot be logged either, and it is the intended
1830 purpose. They are only used to report HAProxy's health to an upper component,
1831 nothing more. Right now, it is not possible to set failure conditions on
1832 requests caught by "monitor-net".
1833
1834 Example :
1835 # addresses .252 and .253 are just probing us.
1836 frontend www
1837 monitor-net 192.168.0.252/31
1838
1839 See also : "monitor fail", "monitor-uri"
1840
1841
1842monitor-uri <uri>
1843 Intercept a URI used by external components' monitor requests
1844 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1845 yes | yes | yes | no
1846 Arguments :
1847 <uri> is the exact URI which we want to intercept to return HAProxy's
1848 health status instead of forwarding the request.
1849
1850 When an HTTP request referencing <uri> will be received on a frontend,
1851 HAProxy will not forward it nor log it, but instead will return either
1852 "HTTP/1.0 200 OK" or "HTTP/1.0 503 Service unavailable", depending on failure
1853 conditions defined with "monitor fail". This is normally enough for any
1854 front-end HTTP probe to detect that the service is UP and running without
1855 forwarding the request to a backend server. Note that the HTTP method, the
1856 version and all headers are ignored, but the request must at least be valid
1857 at the HTTP level. This keyword may only be used with an HTTP-mode frontend.
1858
1859 Monitor requests are processed very early. It is not possible to block nor
1860 divert them using ACLs. They cannot be logged either, and it is the intended
1861 purpose. They are only used to report HAProxy's health to an upper component,
1862 nothing more. However, it is possible to add any number of conditions using
1863 "monitor fail" and ACLs so that the result can be adjusted to whatever check
1864 can be imagined (most often the number of available servers in a backend).
1865
1866 Example :
1867 # Use /haproxy_test to report haproxy's status
1868 frontend www
1869 mode http
1870 monitor-uri /haproxy_test
1871
1872 See also : "monitor fail", "monitor-net"
1873
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001874
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01001875option abortonclose
1876no option abortonclose
1877 Enable or disable early dropping of aborted requests pending in queues.
1878 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1879 yes | no | yes | yes
1880 Arguments : none
1881
1882 In presence of very high loads, the servers will take some time to respond.
1883 The per-instance connection queue will inflate, and the response time will
1884 increase respective to the size of the queue times the average per-session
1885 response time. When clients will wait for more than a few seconds, they will
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01001886 often hit the "STOP" button on their browser, leaving a useless request in
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01001887 the queue, and slowing down other users, and the servers as well, because the
1888 request will eventually be served, then aborted at the first error
1889 encountered while delivering the response.
1890
1891 As there is no way to distinguish between a full STOP and a simple output
1892 close on the client side, HTTP agents should be conservative and consider
1893 that the client might only have closed its output channel while waiting for
1894 the response. However, this introduces risks of congestion when lots of users
1895 do the same, and is completely useless nowadays because probably no client at
1896 all will close the session while waiting for the response. Some HTTP agents
1897 support this behaviour (Squid, Apache, HAProxy), and others do not (TUX, most
1898 hardware-based load balancers). So the probability for a closed input channel
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01001899 to represent a user hitting the "STOP" button is close to 100%, and the risk
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01001900 of being the single component to break rare but valid traffic is extremely
1901 low, which adds to the temptation to be able to abort a session early while
1902 still not served and not pollute the servers.
1903
1904 In HAProxy, the user can choose the desired behaviour using the option
1905 "abortonclose". By default (without the option) the behaviour is HTTP
1906 compliant and aborted requests will be served. But when the option is
1907 specified, a session with an incoming channel closed will be aborted while
1908 it is still possible, either pending in the queue for a connection slot, or
1909 during the connection establishment if the server has not yet acknowledged
1910 the connection request. This considerably reduces the queue size and the load
1911 on saturated servers when users are tempted to click on STOP, which in turn
1912 reduces the response time for other users.
1913
1914 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
1915 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
1916
1917 See also : "timeout queue" and server's "maxconn" and "maxqueue" parameters
1918
1919
Willy Tarreau4076a152009-04-02 15:18:36 +02001920option accept-invalid-http-request
1921no option accept-invalid-http-request
1922 Enable or disable relaxing of HTTP request parsing
1923 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1924 yes | yes | yes | no
1925 Arguments : none
1926
1927 By default, HAProxy complies with RFC2616 in terms of message parsing. This
1928 means that invalid characters in header names are not permitted and cause an
1929 error to be returned to the client. This is the desired behaviour as such
1930 forbidden characters are essentially used to build attacks exploiting server
1931 weaknesses, and bypass security filtering. Sometimes, a buggy browser or
1932 server will emit invalid header names for whatever reason (configuration,
1933 implementation) and the issue will not be immediately fixed. In such a case,
1934 it is possible to relax HAProxy's header name parser to accept any character
1935 even if that does not make sense, by specifying this option.
1936
1937 This option should never be enabled by default as it hides application bugs
1938 and open security breaches. It should only be deployed after a problem has
1939 been confirmed.
1940
1941 When this option is enabled, erroneous header names will still be accepted in
1942 requests, but the complete request will be captured in order to permit later
1943 analysis using the "show errors" request on the UNIX stats socket. Doing this
1944 also helps confirming that the issue has been solved.
1945
1946 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
1947 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
1948
1949 See also : "option accept-invalid-http-response" and "show errors" on the
1950 stats socket.
1951
1952
1953option accept-invalid-http-response
1954no option accept-invalid-http-response
1955 Enable or disable relaxing of HTTP response parsing
1956 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1957 yes | no | yes | yes
1958 Arguments : none
1959
1960 By default, HAProxy complies with RFC2616 in terms of message parsing. This
1961 means that invalid characters in header names are not permitted and cause an
1962 error to be returned to the client. This is the desired behaviour as such
1963 forbidden characters are essentially used to build attacks exploiting server
1964 weaknesses, and bypass security filtering. Sometimes, a buggy browser or
1965 server will emit invalid header names for whatever reason (configuration,
1966 implementation) and the issue will not be immediately fixed. In such a case,
1967 it is possible to relax HAProxy's header name parser to accept any character
1968 even if that does not make sense, by specifying this option.
1969
1970 This option should never be enabled by default as it hides application bugs
1971 and open security breaches. It should only be deployed after a problem has
1972 been confirmed.
1973
1974 When this option is enabled, erroneous header names will still be accepted in
1975 responses, but the complete response will be captured in order to permit
1976 later analysis using the "show errors" request on the UNIX stats socket.
1977 Doing this also helps confirming that the issue has been solved.
1978
1979 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
1980 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
1981
1982 See also : "option accept-invalid-http-request" and "show errors" on the
1983 stats socket.
1984
1985
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01001986option allbackups
1987no option allbackups
1988 Use either all backup servers at a time or only the first one
1989 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1990 yes | no | yes | yes
1991 Arguments : none
1992
1993 By default, the first operational backup server gets all traffic when normal
1994 servers are all down. Sometimes, it may be preferred to use multiple backups
1995 at once, because one will not be enough. When "option allbackups" is enabled,
1996 the load balancing will be performed among all backup servers when all normal
1997 ones are unavailable. The same load balancing algorithm will be used and the
1998 servers' weights will be respected. Thus, there will not be any priority
1999 order between the backup servers anymore.
2000
2001 This option is mostly used with static server farms dedicated to return a
2002 "sorry" page when an application is completely offline.
2003
2004 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2005 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2006
2007
2008option checkcache
2009no option checkcache
2010 Analyze all server responses and block requests with cachable cookies
2011 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2012 yes | no | yes | yes
2013 Arguments : none
2014
2015 Some high-level frameworks set application cookies everywhere and do not
2016 always let enough control to the developer to manage how the responses should
2017 be cached. When a session cookie is returned on a cachable object, there is a
2018 high risk of session crossing or stealing between users traversing the same
2019 caches. In some situations, it is better to block the response than to let
2020 some sensible session information go in the wild.
2021
2022 The option "checkcache" enables deep inspection of all server responses for
2023 strict compliance with HTTP specification in terms of cachability. It
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01002024 carefully checks "Cache-control", "Pragma" and "Set-cookie" headers in server
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002025 response to check if there's a risk of caching a cookie on a client-side
2026 proxy. When this option is enabled, the only responses which can be delivered
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01002027 to the client are :
2028 - all those without "Set-Cookie" header ;
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002029 - all those with a return code other than 200, 203, 206, 300, 301, 410,
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01002030 provided that the server has not set a "Cache-control: public" header ;
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002031 - all those that come from a POST request, provided that the server has not
2032 set a 'Cache-Control: public' header ;
2033 - those with a 'Pragma: no-cache' header
2034 - those with a 'Cache-control: private' header
2035 - those with a 'Cache-control: no-store' header
2036 - those with a 'Cache-control: max-age=0' header
2037 - those with a 'Cache-control: s-maxage=0' header
2038 - those with a 'Cache-control: no-cache' header
2039 - those with a 'Cache-control: no-cache="set-cookie"' header
2040 - those with a 'Cache-control: no-cache="set-cookie,' header
2041 (allowing other fields after set-cookie)
2042
2043 If a response doesn't respect these requirements, then it will be blocked
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01002044 just as if it was from an "rspdeny" filter, with an "HTTP 502 bad gateway".
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002045 The session state shows "PH--" meaning that the proxy blocked the response
2046 during headers processing. Additionnaly, an alert will be sent in the logs so
2047 that admins are informed that there's something to be fixed.
2048
2049 Due to the high impact on the application, the application should be tested
2050 in depth with the option enabled before going to production. It is also a
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01002051 good practice to always activate it during tests, even if it is not used in
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002052 production, as it will report potentially dangerous application behaviours.
2053
2054 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2055 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2056
2057
2058option clitcpka
2059no option clitcpka
2060 Enable or disable the sending of TCP keepalive packets on the client side
2061 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2062 yes | yes | yes | no
2063 Arguments : none
2064
2065 When there is a firewall or any session-aware component between a client and
2066 a server, and when the protocol involves very long sessions with long idle
2067 periods (eg: remote desktops), there is a risk that one of the intermediate
2068 components decides to expire a session which has remained idle for too long.
2069
2070 Enabling socket-level TCP keep-alives makes the system regularly send packets
2071 to the other end of the connection, leaving it active. The delay between
2072 keep-alive probes is controlled by the system only and depends both on the
2073 operating system and its tuning parameters.
2074
2075 It is important to understand that keep-alive packets are neither emitted nor
2076 received at the application level. It is only the network stacks which sees
2077 them. For this reason, even if one side of the proxy already uses keep-alives
2078 to maintain its connection alive, those keep-alive packets will not be
2079 forwarded to the other side of the proxy.
2080
2081 Please note that this has nothing to do with HTTP keep-alive.
2082
2083 Using option "clitcpka" enables the emission of TCP keep-alive probes on the
2084 client side of a connection, which should help when session expirations are
2085 noticed between HAProxy and a client.
2086
2087 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2088 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2089
2090 See also : "option srvtcpka", "option tcpka"
2091
2092
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01002093option contstats
2094 Enable continuous traffic statistics updates
2095 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2096 yes | yes | yes | no
2097 Arguments : none
2098
2099 By default, counters used for statistics calculation are incremented
2100 only when a session finishes. It works quite well when serving small
2101 objects, but with big ones (for example large images or archives) or
2102 with A/V streaming, a graph generated from haproxy counters looks like
2103 a hedgehog. With this option enabled counters get incremented continuously,
2104 during a whole session. Recounting touches a hotpath directly so
2105 it is not enabled by default, as it has small performance impact (~0.5%).
2106
2107
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02002108option dontlog-normal
2109no option dontlog-normal
2110 Enable or disable logging of normal, successful connections
2111 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2112 yes | yes | yes | no
2113 Arguments : none
2114
2115 There are large sites dealing with several thousand connections per second
2116 and for which logging is a major pain. Some of them are even forced to turn
2117 logs off and cannot debug production issues. Setting this option ensures that
2118 normal connections, those which experience no error, no timeout, no retry nor
2119 redispatch, will not be logged. This leaves disk space for anomalies. In HTTP
2120 mode, the response status code is checked and return codes 5xx will still be
2121 logged.
2122
2123 It is strongly discouraged to use this option as most of the time, the key to
2124 complex issues is in the normal logs which will not be logged here. If you
2125 need to separate logs, see the "log-separate-errors" option instead.
2126
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002127 See also : "log", "dontlognull", "log-separate-errors" and section 8 about
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02002128 logging.
2129
2130
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002131option dontlognull
2132no option dontlognull
2133 Enable or disable logging of null connections
2134 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2135 yes | yes | yes | no
2136 Arguments : none
2137
2138 In certain environments, there are components which will regularly connect to
2139 various systems to ensure that they are still alive. It can be the case from
2140 another load balancer as well as from monitoring systems. By default, even a
2141 simple port probe or scan will produce a log. If those connections pollute
2142 the logs too much, it is possible to enable option "dontlognull" to indicate
2143 that a connection on which no data has been transferred will not be logged,
2144 which typically corresponds to those probes.
2145
2146 It is generally recommended not to use this option in uncontrolled
2147 environments (eg: internet), otherwise scans and other malicious activities
2148 would not be logged.
2149
2150 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2151 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2152
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002153 See also : "log", "monitor-net", "monitor-uri" and section 8 about logging.
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002154
2155
2156option forceclose
2157no option forceclose
2158 Enable or disable active connection closing after response is transferred.
2159 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2160 yes | no | yes | yes
2161 Arguments : none
2162
2163 Some HTTP servers do not necessarily close the connections when they receive
2164 the "Connection: close" set by "option httpclose", and if the client does not
2165 close either, then the connection remains open till the timeout expires. This
2166 causes high number of simultaneous connections on the servers and shows high
2167 global session times in the logs.
2168
2169 When this happens, it is possible to use "option forceclose". It will
2170 actively close the outgoing server channel as soon as the server begins to
2171 reply and only if the request buffer is empty. Note that this should NOT be
2172 used if CONNECT requests are expected between the client and the server. This
2173 option implicitly enables the "httpclose" option.
2174
2175 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2176 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2177
2178 See also : "option httpclose"
2179
2180
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002181option forwardfor [ except <network> ] [ header <name> ]
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002182 Enable insertion of the X-Forwarded-For header to requests sent to servers
2183 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2184 yes | yes | yes | yes
2185 Arguments :
2186 <network> is an optional argument used to disable this option for sources
2187 matching <network>
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002188 <name> an optional argument to specify a different "X-Forwarded-For"
2189 header name.
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002190
2191 Since HAProxy works in reverse-proxy mode, the servers see its IP address as
2192 their client address. This is sometimes annoying when the client's IP address
2193 is expected in server logs. To solve this problem, the well-known HTTP header
2194 "X-Forwarded-For" may be added by HAProxy to all requests sent to the server.
2195 This header contains a value representing the client's IP address. Since this
2196 header is always appended at the end of the existing header list, the server
2197 must be configured to always use the last occurrence of this header only. See
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002198 the server's manual to find how to enable use of this standard header. Note
2199 that only the last occurrence of the header must be used, since it is really
2200 possible that the client has already brought one.
2201
2202 The keyword "header" may be used to supply a different header name to replace
2203 the default "X-Forwarded-For". This can be useful where you might already
2204 have a "X-Forwarded-For" header from a different application (eg: stunnel),
2205 and you need preserve it. Also if your backend server doesn't use the
2206 "X-Forwarded-For" header and requires different one (eg: Zeus Web Servers
2207 require "X-Cluster-Client-IP").
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002208
2209 Sometimes, a same HAProxy instance may be shared between a direct client
2210 access and a reverse-proxy access (for instance when an SSL reverse-proxy is
2211 used to decrypt HTTPS traffic). It is possible to disable the addition of the
2212 header for a known source address or network by adding the "except" keyword
2213 followed by the network address. In this case, any source IP matching the
2214 network will not cause an addition of this header. Most common uses are with
2215 private networks or 127.0.0.1.
2216
2217 This option may be specified either in the frontend or in the backend. If at
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002218 least one of them uses it, the header will be added. Note that the backend's
2219 setting of the header subargument takes precedence over the frontend's if
2220 both are defined.
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002221
2222 It is important to note that as long as HAProxy does not support keep-alive
2223 connections, only the first request of a connection will receive the header.
2224 For this reason, it is important to ensure that "option httpclose" is set
2225 when using this option.
2226
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002227 Examples :
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002228 # Public HTTP address also used by stunnel on the same machine
2229 frontend www
2230 mode http
2231 option forwardfor except 127.0.0.1 # stunnel already adds the header
2232
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002233 # Those servers want the IP Address in X-Client
2234 backend www
2235 mode http
2236 option forwardfor header X-Client
2237
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002238 See also : "option httpclose"
2239
2240
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002241option httpchk
2242option httpchk <uri>
2243option httpchk <method> <uri>
2244option httpchk <method> <uri> <version>
2245 Enable HTTP protocol to check on the servers health
2246 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2247 yes | no | yes | yes
2248 Arguments :
2249 <method> is the optional HTTP method used with the requests. When not set,
2250 the "OPTIONS" method is used, as it generally requires low server
2251 processing and is easy to filter out from the logs. Any method
2252 may be used, though it is not recommended to invent non-standard
2253 ones.
2254
2255 <uri> is the URI referenced in the HTTP requests. It defaults to " / "
2256 which is accessible by default on almost any server, but may be
2257 changed to any other URI. Query strings are permitted.
2258
2259 <version> is the optional HTTP version string. It defaults to "HTTP/1.0"
2260 but some servers might behave incorrectly in HTTP 1.0, so turning
2261 it to HTTP/1.1 may sometimes help. Note that the Host field is
2262 mandatory in HTTP/1.1, and as a trick, it is possible to pass it
2263 after "\r\n" following the version string.
2264
2265 By default, server health checks only consist in trying to establish a TCP
2266 connection. When "option httpchk" is specified, a complete HTTP request is
2267 sent once the TCP connection is established, and responses 2xx and 3xx are
2268 considered valid, while all other ones indicate a server failure, including
2269 the lack of any response.
2270
2271 The port and interval are specified in the server configuration.
2272
2273 This option does not necessarily require an HTTP backend, it also works with
2274 plain TCP backends. This is particularly useful to check simple scripts bound
2275 to some dedicated ports using the inetd daemon.
2276
2277 Examples :
2278 # Relay HTTPS traffic to Apache instance and check service availability
2279 # using HTTP request "OPTIONS * HTTP/1.1" on port 80.
2280 backend https_relay
2281 mode tcp
Willy Tarreauebaf21a2008-03-21 20:17:14 +01002282 option httpchk OPTIONS * HTTP/1.1\r\nHost:\ www
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002283 server apache1 192.168.1.1:443 check port 80
2284
2285 See also : "option ssl-hello-chk", "option smtpchk", "http-check" and the
2286 "check", "port" and "interval" server options.
2287
2288
2289option httpclose
2290no option httpclose
2291 Enable or disable passive HTTP connection closing
2292 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2293 yes | yes | yes | yes
2294 Arguments : none
2295
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002296 As stated in section 1, HAProxy does not yes support the HTTP keep-alive
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002297 mode. So by default, if a client communicates with a server in this mode, it
2298 will only analyze, log, and process the first request of each connection. To
2299 workaround this limitation, it is possible to specify "option httpclose". It
2300 will check if a "Connection: close" header is already set in each direction,
2301 and will add one if missing. Each end should react to this by actively
2302 closing the TCP connection after each transfer, thus resulting in a switch to
2303 the HTTP close mode. Any "Connection" header different from "close" will also
2304 be removed.
2305
2306 It seldom happens that some servers incorrectly ignore this header and do not
2307 close the connection eventough they reply "Connection: close". For this
2308 reason, they are not compatible with older HTTP 1.0 browsers. If this
2309 happens it is possible to use the "option forceclose" which actively closes
2310 the request connection once the server responds.
2311
2312 This option may be set both in a frontend and in a backend. It is enabled if
2313 at least one of the frontend or backend holding a connection has it enabled.
2314 If "option forceclose" is specified too, it has precedence over "httpclose".
2315
2316 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2317 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2318
2319 See also : "option forceclose"
2320
2321
2322option httplog
2323 Enable logging of HTTP request, session state and timers
2324 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2325 yes | yes | yes | yes
2326 Arguments : none
2327
2328 By default, the log output format is very poor, as it only contains the
2329 source and destination addresses, and the instance name. By specifying
2330 "option httplog", each log line turns into a much richer format including,
2331 but not limited to, the HTTP request, the connection timers, the session
2332 status, the connections numbers, the captured headers and cookies, the
2333 frontend, backend and server name, and of course the source address and
2334 ports.
2335
2336 This option may be set either in the frontend or the backend.
2337
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002338 See also : section 8 about logging.
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002339
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02002340
2341option http_proxy
2342no option http_proxy
2343 Enable or disable plain HTTP proxy mode
2344 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2345 yes | yes | yes | yes
2346 Arguments : none
2347
2348 It sometimes happens that people need a pure HTTP proxy which understands
2349 basic proxy requests without caching nor any fancy feature. In this case,
2350 it may be worth setting up an HAProxy instance with the "option http_proxy"
2351 set. In this mode, no server is declared, and the connection is forwarded to
2352 the IP address and port found in the URL after the "http://" scheme.
2353
2354 No host address resolution is performed, so this only works when pure IP
2355 addresses are passed. Since this option's usage perimeter is rather limited,
2356 it will probably be used only by experts who know they need exactly it. Last,
2357 if the clients are susceptible of sending keep-alive requests, it will be
2358 needed to add "option http_close" to ensure that all requests will correctly
2359 be analyzed.
2360
2361 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2362 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2363
2364 Example :
2365 # this backend understands HTTP proxy requests and forwards them directly.
2366 backend direct_forward
2367 option httpclose
2368 option http_proxy
2369
2370 See also : "option httpclose"
2371
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02002372
2373option log-separate-errors
2374no option log-separate-errors
2375 Change log level for non-completely successful connections
2376 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2377 yes | yes | yes | no
2378 Arguments : none
2379
2380 Sometimes looking for errors in logs is not easy. This option makes haproxy
2381 raise the level of logs containing potentially interesting information such
2382 as errors, timeouts, retries, redispatches, or HTTP status codes 5xx. The
2383 level changes from "info" to "err". This makes it possible to log them
2384 separately to a different file with most syslog daemons. Be careful not to
2385 remove them from the original file, otherwise you would lose ordering which
2386 provides very important information.
2387
2388 Using this option, large sites dealing with several thousand connections per
2389 second may log normal traffic to a rotating buffer and only archive smaller
2390 error logs.
2391
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002392 See also : "log", "dontlognull", "dontlog-normal" and section 8 about
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02002393 logging.
2394
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002395
2396option logasap
2397no option logasap
2398 Enable or disable early logging of HTTP requests
2399 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2400 yes | yes | yes | no
2401 Arguments : none
2402
2403 By default, HTTP requests are logged upon termination so that the total
2404 transfer time and the number of bytes appear in the logs. When large objects
2405 are being transferred, it may take a while before the request appears in the
2406 logs. Using "option logasap", the request gets logged as soon as the server
2407 sends the complete headers. The only missing information in the logs will be
2408 the total number of bytes which will indicate everything except the amount
2409 of data transferred, and the total time which will not take the transfer
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01002410 time into account. In such a situation, it's a good practice to capture the
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002411 "Content-Length" response header so that the logs at least indicate how many
2412 bytes are expected to be transferred.
2413
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01002414 Examples :
2415 listen http_proxy 0.0.0.0:80
2416 mode http
2417 option httplog
2418 option logasap
2419 log 192.168.2.200 local3
2420
2421 >>> Feb 6 12:14:14 localhost \
2422 haproxy[14389]: 10.0.1.2:33317 [06/Feb/2009:12:14:14.655] http-in \
2423 static/srv1 9/10/7/14/+30 200 +243 - - ---- 3/1/1/1/0 1/0 \
2424 "GET /image.iso HTTP/1.0"
2425
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002426 See also : "option httplog", "capture response header", and section 8 about
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002427 logging.
2428
2429
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002430option nolinger
2431no option nolinger
2432 Enable or disable immediate session ressource cleaning after close
2433 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2434 yes | yes | yes | yes
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01002435 Arguments : none
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002436
2437 When clients or servers abort connections in a dirty way (eg: they are
2438 physically disconnected), the session timeouts triggers and the session is
2439 closed. But it will remain in FIN_WAIT1 state for some time in the system,
2440 using some resources and possibly limiting the ability to establish newer
2441 connections.
2442
2443 When this happens, it is possible to activate "option nolinger" which forces
2444 the system to immediately remove any socket's pending data on close. Thus,
2445 the session is instantly purged from the system's tables. This usually has
2446 side effects such as increased number of TCP resets due to old retransmits
2447 getting immediately rejected. Some firewalls may sometimes complain about
2448 this too.
2449
2450 For this reason, it is not recommended to use this option when not absolutely
2451 needed. You know that you need it when you have thousands of FIN_WAIT1
2452 sessions on your system (TIME_WAIT ones do not count).
2453
2454 This option may be used both on frontends and backends, depending on the side
2455 where it is required. Use it on the frontend for clients, and on the backend
2456 for servers.
2457
2458 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2459 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2460
2461
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02002462option originalto [ except <network> ] [ header <name> ]
2463 Enable insertion of the X-Original-To header to requests sent to servers
2464 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2465 yes | yes | yes | yes
2466 Arguments :
2467 <network> is an optional argument used to disable this option for sources
2468 matching <network>
2469 <name> an optional argument to specify a different "X-Original-To"
2470 header name.
2471
2472 Since HAProxy can work in transparent mode, every request from a client can
2473 be redirected to the proxy and HAProxy itself can proxy every request to a
2474 complex SQUID environment and the destination host from SO_ORIGINAL_DST will
2475 be lost. This is annoying when you want access rules based on destination ip
2476 addresses. To solve this problem, a new HTTP header "X-Original-To" may be
2477 added by HAProxy to all requests sent to the server. This header contains a
2478 value representing the original destination IP address. Since this must be
2479 configured to always use the last occurrence of this header only. Note that
2480 only the last occurrence of the header must be used, since it is really
2481 possible that the client has already brought one.
2482
2483 The keyword "header" may be used to supply a different header name to replace
2484 the default "X-Original-To". This can be useful where you might already
2485 have a "X-Original-To" header from a different application, and you need
2486 preserve it. Also if your backend server doesn't use the "X-Original-To"
2487 header and requires different one.
2488
2489 Sometimes, a same HAProxy instance may be shared between a direct client
2490 access and a reverse-proxy access (for instance when an SSL reverse-proxy is
2491 used to decrypt HTTPS traffic). It is possible to disable the addition of the
2492 header for a known source address or network by adding the "except" keyword
2493 followed by the network address. In this case, any source IP matching the
2494 network will not cause an addition of this header. Most common uses are with
2495 private networks or 127.0.0.1.
2496
2497 This option may be specified either in the frontend or in the backend. If at
2498 least one of them uses it, the header will be added. Note that the backend's
2499 setting of the header subargument takes precedence over the frontend's if
2500 both are defined.
2501
2502 It is important to note that as long as HAProxy does not support keep-alive
2503 connections, only the first request of a connection will receive the header.
2504 For this reason, it is important to ensure that "option httpclose" is set
2505 when using this option.
2506
2507 Examples :
2508 # Original Destination address
2509 frontend www
2510 mode http
2511 option originalto except 127.0.0.1
2512
2513 # Those servers want the IP Address in X-Client-Dst
2514 backend www
2515 mode http
2516 option originalto header X-Client-Dst
2517
2518 See also : "option httpclose"
2519
2520
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002521option persist
2522no option persist
2523 Enable or disable forced persistence on down servers
2524 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2525 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01002526 Arguments : none
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002527
2528 When an HTTP request reaches a backend with a cookie which references a dead
2529 server, by default it is redispatched to another server. It is possible to
2530 force the request to be sent to the dead server first using "option persist"
2531 if absolutely needed. A common use case is when servers are under extreme
2532 load and spend their time flapping. In this case, the users would still be
2533 directed to the server they opened the session on, in the hope they would be
2534 correctly served. It is recommended to use "option redispatch" in conjunction
2535 with this option so that in the event it would not be possible to connect to
2536 the server at all (server definitely dead), the client would finally be
2537 redirected to another valid server.
2538
2539 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2540 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2541
2542 See also : "option redispatch", "retries"
2543
2544
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01002545option redispatch
2546no option redispatch
2547 Enable or disable session redistribution in case of connection failure
2548 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2549 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01002550 Arguments : none
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01002551
2552 In HTTP mode, if a server designated by a cookie is down, clients may
2553 definitely stick to it because they cannot flush the cookie, so they will not
2554 be able to access the service anymore.
2555
2556 Specifying "option redispatch" will allow the proxy to break their
2557 persistence and redistribute them to a working server.
2558
2559 It also allows to retry last connection to another server in case of multiple
2560 connection failures. Of course, it requires having "retries" set to a nonzero
2561 value.
2562
2563 This form is the preferred form, which replaces both the "redispatch" and
2564 "redisp" keywords.
2565
2566 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2567 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2568
2569 See also : "redispatch", "retries"
2570
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002571
2572option smtpchk
2573option smtpchk <hello> <domain>
2574 Use SMTP health checks for server testing
2575 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2576 yes | no | yes | yes
2577 Arguments :
2578 <hello> is an optional argument. It is the "hello" command to use. It can
2579 be either "HELO" (for SMTP) or "EHLO" (for ESTMP). All other
2580 values will be turned into the default command ("HELO").
2581
2582 <domain> is the domain name to present to the server. It may only be
2583 specified (and is mandatory) if the hello command has been
2584 specified. By default, "localhost" is used.
2585
2586 When "option smtpchk" is set, the health checks will consist in TCP
2587 connections followed by an SMTP command. By default, this command is
2588 "HELO localhost". The server's return code is analyzed and only return codes
2589 starting with a "2" will be considered as valid. All other responses,
2590 including a lack of response will constitute an error and will indicate a
2591 dead server.
2592
2593 This test is meant to be used with SMTP servers or relays. Depending on the
2594 request, it is possible that some servers do not log each connection attempt,
2595 so you may want to experiment to improve the behaviour. Using telnet on port
2596 25 is often easier than adjusting the configuration.
2597
2598 Most often, an incoming SMTP server needs to see the client's IP address for
2599 various purposes, including spam filtering, anti-spoofing and logging. When
2600 possible, it is often wise to masquerade the client's IP address when
2601 connecting to the server using the "usesrc" argument of the "source" keyword,
2602 which requires the cttproxy feature to be compiled in.
2603
2604 Example :
2605 option smtpchk HELO mydomain.org
2606
2607 See also : "option httpchk", "source"
2608
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01002609
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +01002610option splice-auto
2611no option splice-auto
2612 Enable or disable automatic kernel acceleration on sockets in both directions
2613 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2614 yes | yes | yes | yes
2615 Arguments : none
2616
2617 When this option is enabled either on a frontend or on a backend, haproxy
2618 will automatically evaluate the opportunity to use kernel tcp splicing to
2619 forward data between the client and the server, in either direction. Haproxy
2620 uses heuristics to estimate if kernel splicing might improve performance or
2621 not. Both directions are handled independantly. Note that the heuristics used
2622 are not much aggressive in order to limit excessive use of splicing. This
2623 option requires splicing to be enabled at compile time, and may be globally
2624 disabled with the global option "nosplice". Since splice uses pipes, using it
2625 requires that there are enough spare pipes.
2626
2627 Important note: kernel-based TCP splicing is a Linux-specific feature which
2628 first appeared in kernel 2.6.25. It offers kernel-based acceleration to
2629 transfer data between sockets without copying these data to user-space, thus
2630 providing noticeable performance gains and CPU cycles savings. Since many
2631 early implementations are buggy, corrupt data and/or are inefficient, this
2632 feature is not enabled by default, and it should be used with extreme care.
2633 While it is not possible to detect the correctness of an implementation,
2634 2.6.29 is the first version offering a properly working implementation. In
2635 case of doubt, splicing may be globally disabled using the global "nosplice"
2636 keyword.
2637
2638 Example :
2639 option splice-auto
2640
2641 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2642 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2643
2644 See also : "option splice-request", "option splice-response", and global
2645 options "nosplice" and "maxpipes"
2646
2647
2648option splice-request
2649no option splice-request
2650 Enable or disable automatic kernel acceleration on sockets for requests
2651 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2652 yes | yes | yes | yes
2653 Arguments : none
2654
2655 When this option is enabled either on a frontend or on a backend, haproxy
2656 will user kernel tcp splicing whenever possible to forward data going from
2657 the client to the server. It might still use the recv/send scheme if there
2658 are no spare pipes left. This option requires splicing to be enabled at
2659 compile time, and may be globally disabled with the global option "nosplice".
2660 Since splice uses pipes, using it requires that there are enough spare pipes.
2661
2662 Important note: see "option splice-auto" for usage limitations.
2663
2664 Example :
2665 option splice-request
2666
2667 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2668 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2669
2670 See also : "option splice-auto", "option splice-response", and global options
2671 "nosplice" and "maxpipes"
2672
2673
2674option splice-response
2675no option splice-response
2676 Enable or disable automatic kernel acceleration on sockets for responses
2677 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2678 yes | yes | yes | yes
2679 Arguments : none
2680
2681 When this option is enabled either on a frontend or on a backend, haproxy
2682 will user kernel tcp splicing whenever possible to forward data going from
2683 the server to the client. It might still use the recv/send scheme if there
2684 are no spare pipes left. This option requires splicing to be enabled at
2685 compile time, and may be globally disabled with the global option "nosplice".
2686 Since splice uses pipes, using it requires that there are enough spare pipes.
2687
2688 Important note: see "option splice-auto" for usage limitations.
2689
2690 Example :
2691 option splice-response
2692
2693 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2694 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2695
2696 See also : "option splice-auto", "option splice-request", and global options
2697 "nosplice" and "maxpipes"
2698
2699
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002700option srvtcpka
2701no option srvtcpka
2702 Enable or disable the sending of TCP keepalive packets on the server side
2703 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2704 yes | no | yes | yes
2705 Arguments : none
2706
2707 When there is a firewall or any session-aware component between a client and
2708 a server, and when the protocol involves very long sessions with long idle
2709 periods (eg: remote desktops), there is a risk that one of the intermediate
2710 components decides to expire a session which has remained idle for too long.
2711
2712 Enabling socket-level TCP keep-alives makes the system regularly send packets
2713 to the other end of the connection, leaving it active. The delay between
2714 keep-alive probes is controlled by the system only and depends both on the
2715 operating system and its tuning parameters.
2716
2717 It is important to understand that keep-alive packets are neither emitted nor
2718 received at the application level. It is only the network stacks which sees
2719 them. For this reason, even if one side of the proxy already uses keep-alives
2720 to maintain its connection alive, those keep-alive packets will not be
2721 forwarded to the other side of the proxy.
2722
2723 Please note that this has nothing to do with HTTP keep-alive.
2724
2725 Using option "srvtcpka" enables the emission of TCP keep-alive probes on the
2726 server side of a connection, which should help when session expirations are
2727 noticed between HAProxy and a server.
2728
2729 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2730 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2731
2732 See also : "option clitcpka", "option tcpka"
2733
2734
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002735option ssl-hello-chk
2736 Use SSLv3 client hello health checks for server testing
2737 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2738 yes | no | yes | yes
2739 Arguments : none
2740
2741 When some SSL-based protocols are relayed in TCP mode through HAProxy, it is
2742 possible to test that the server correctly talks SSL instead of just testing
2743 that it accepts the TCP connection. When "option ssl-hello-chk" is set, pure
2744 SSLv3 client hello messages are sent once the connection is established to
2745 the server, and the response is analyzed to find an SSL server hello message.
2746 The server is considered valid only when the response contains this server
2747 hello message.
2748
2749 All servers tested till there correctly reply to SSLv3 client hello messages,
2750 and most servers tested do not even log the requests containing only hello
2751 messages, which is appreciable.
2752
2753 See also: "option httpchk"
2754
2755
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002756option tcpka
2757 Enable or disable the sending of TCP keepalive packets on both sides
2758 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2759 yes | yes | yes | yes
2760 Arguments : none
2761
2762 When there is a firewall or any session-aware component between a client and
2763 a server, and when the protocol involves very long sessions with long idle
2764 periods (eg: remote desktops), there is a risk that one of the intermediate
2765 components decides to expire a session which has remained idle for too long.
2766
2767 Enabling socket-level TCP keep-alives makes the system regularly send packets
2768 to the other end of the connection, leaving it active. The delay between
2769 keep-alive probes is controlled by the system only and depends both on the
2770 operating system and its tuning parameters.
2771
2772 It is important to understand that keep-alive packets are neither emitted nor
2773 received at the application level. It is only the network stacks which sees
2774 them. For this reason, even if one side of the proxy already uses keep-alives
2775 to maintain its connection alive, those keep-alive packets will not be
2776 forwarded to the other side of the proxy.
2777
2778 Please note that this has nothing to do with HTTP keep-alive.
2779
2780 Using option "tcpka" enables the emission of TCP keep-alive probes on both
2781 the client and server sides of a connection. Note that this is meaningful
2782 only in "defaults" or "listen" sections. If this option is used in a
2783 frontend, only the client side will get keep-alives, and if this option is
2784 used in a backend, only the server side will get keep-alives. For this
2785 reason, it is strongly recommended to explicitly use "option clitcpka" and
2786 "option srvtcpka" when the configuration is split between frontends and
2787 backends.
2788
2789 See also : "option clitcpka", "option srvtcpka"
2790
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01002791
2792option tcplog
2793 Enable advanced logging of TCP connections with session state and timers
2794 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2795 yes | yes | yes | yes
2796 Arguments : none
2797
2798 By default, the log output format is very poor, as it only contains the
2799 source and destination addresses, and the instance name. By specifying
2800 "option tcplog", each log line turns into a much richer format including, but
2801 not limited to, the connection timers, the session status, the connections
2802 numbers, the frontend, backend and server name, and of course the source
2803 address and ports. This option is useful for pure TCP proxies in order to
2804 find which of the client or server disconnects or times out. For normal HTTP
2805 proxies, it's better to use "option httplog" which is even more complete.
2806
2807 This option may be set either in the frontend or the backend.
2808
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002809 See also : "option httplog", and section 8 about logging.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01002810
2811
2812option tcpsplice [ experimental ]
2813 Enable linux kernel-based acceleration of data relaying
2814 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2815 yes | yes | yes | yes
2816 Arguments : none
2817
2818 This option is only available when HAProxy has been built for use on Linux
2819 with USE_TCPSPLICE=1. This option requires a kernel patch which is available
2820 on http://www.linux-l7sw.org/.
2821
2822 When "option tcpsplice" is set, as soon as the server's response headers have
2823 been transferred, the session handling is transferred to the kernel which
2824 will forward all subsequent data from the server to the client untill the
2825 session closes. This leads to much faster data transfers between client and
2826 server since the data is not copied twice between kernel and user space, but
2827 there are some limitations such as the lack of information about the number
2828 of bytes transferred and the total transfer time.
2829
2830 This is an experimental feature. It happens to reliably work but issues
2831 caused by corner cases are to be expected.
2832
2833 Note that this option requires that the process permanently runs with
2834 CAP_NETADMIN privileges, which most often translates into running as root.
2835
2836
2837option transparent
2838no option transparent
2839 Enable client-side transparent proxying
2840 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
Willy Tarreau4b1f8592008-12-23 23:13:55 +01002841 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01002842 Arguments : none
2843
2844 This option was introduced in order to provide layer 7 persistence to layer 3
2845 load balancers. The idea is to use the OS's ability to redirect an incoming
2846 connection for a remote address to a local process (here HAProxy), and let
2847 this process know what address was initially requested. When this option is
2848 used, sessions without cookies will be forwarded to the original destination
2849 IP address of the incoming request (which should match that of another
2850 equipment), while requests with cookies will still be forwarded to the
2851 appropriate server.
2852
2853 Note that contrary to a common belief, this option does NOT make HAProxy
2854 present the client's IP to the server when establishing the connection.
2855
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01002856 See also: the "usersrc" argument of the "source" keyword, and the
2857 "transparent" option of the "bind" keyword.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01002858
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002859
Willy Tarreau3a7d2072009-03-05 23:48:25 +01002860rate-limit sessions <rate>
2861 Set a limit on the number of new sessions accepted per second on a frontend
2862 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2863 yes | yes | yes | no
2864 Arguments :
2865 <rate> The <rate> parameter is an integer designating the maximum number
2866 of new sessions per second to accept on the frontend.
2867
2868 When the frontend reaches the specified number of new sessions per second, it
2869 stops accepting new connections until the rate drops below the limit again.
2870 During this time, the pending sessions will be kept in the socket's backlog
2871 (in system buffers) and haproxy will not even be aware that sessions are
2872 pending. When applying very low limit on a highly loaded service, it may make
2873 sense to increase the socket's backlog using the "backlog" keyword.
2874
2875 This feature is particularly efficient at blocking connection-based attacks
2876 or service abuse on fragile servers. Since the session rate is measured every
2877 millisecond, it is extremely accurate. Also, the limit applies immediately,
2878 no delay is needed at all to detect the threshold.
2879
2880 Example : limit the connection rate on SMTP to 10 per second max
2881 listen smtp
2882 mode tcp
2883 bind :25
2884 rate-limit sessions 10
2885 server 127.0.0.1:1025
2886
2887 Note : when the maximum rate is reached, the frontend's status appears as
2888 "FULL" in the statistics, exactly as when it is saturated.
2889
2890 See also : the "backlog" keyword and the "fe_sess_rate" ACL criterion.
2891
2892
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01002893redirect location <to> [code <code>] <option> {if | unless} <condition>
2894redirect prefix <to> [code <code>] <option> {if | unless} <condition>
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +02002895 Return an HTTP redirection if/unless a condition is matched
2896 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2897 no | yes | yes | yes
2898
2899 If/unless the condition is matched, the HTTP request will lead to a redirect
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01002900 response.
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +02002901
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01002902 Arguments :
2903 <to> With "redirect location", the exact value in <to> is placed into
2904 the HTTP "Location" header. In case of "redirect prefix", the
2905 "Location" header is built from the concatenation of <to> and the
2906 complete URI, including the query string, unless the "drop-query"
Willy Tarreaufe651a52008-11-19 21:15:17 +01002907 option is specified (see below). As a special case, if <to>
2908 equals exactly "/" in prefix mode, then nothing is inserted
2909 before the original URI. It allows one to redirect to the same
2910 URL.
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01002911
2912 <code> The code is optional. It indicates which type of HTTP redirection
2913 is desired. Only codes 301, 302 and 303 are supported, and 302 is
2914 used if no code is specified. 301 means "Moved permanently", and
2915 a browser may cache the Location. 302 means "Moved permanently"
2916 and means that the browser should not cache the redirection. 303
2917 is equivalent to 302 except that the browser will fetch the
2918 location with a GET method.
2919
2920 <option> There are several options which can be specified to adjust the
2921 expected behaviour of a redirection :
2922
2923 - "drop-query"
2924 When this keyword is used in a prefix-based redirection, then the
2925 location will be set without any possible query-string, which is useful
2926 for directing users to a non-secure page for instance. It has no effect
2927 with a location-type redirect.
2928
2929 - "set-cookie NAME[=value]"
2930 A "Set-Cookie" header will be added with NAME (and optionally "=value")
2931 to the response. This is sometimes used to indicate that a user has
2932 been seen, for instance to protect against some types of DoS. No other
2933 cookie option is added, so the cookie will be a session cookie. Note
2934 that for a browser, a sole cookie name without an equal sign is
2935 different from a cookie with an equal sign.
2936
2937 - "clear-cookie NAME[=]"
2938 A "Set-Cookie" header will be added with NAME (and optionally "="), but
2939 with the "Max-Age" attribute set to zero. This will tell the browser to
2940 delete this cookie. It is useful for instance on logout pages. It is
2941 important to note that clearing the cookie "NAME" will not remove a
2942 cookie set with "NAME=value". You have to clear the cookie "NAME=" for
2943 that, because the browser makes the difference.
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +02002944
2945 Example: move the login URL only to HTTPS.
2946 acl clear dst_port 80
2947 acl secure dst_port 8080
2948 acl login_page url_beg /login
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01002949 acl logout url_beg /logout
Willy Tarreau79da4692008-11-19 20:03:04 +01002950 acl uid_given url_reg /login?userid=[^&]+
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01002951 acl cookie_set hdr_sub(cookie) SEEN=1
2952
2953 redirect prefix https://mysite.com set-cookie SEEN=1 if !cookie_set
Willy Tarreau79da4692008-11-19 20:03:04 +01002954 redirect prefix https://mysite.com if login_page !secure
2955 redirect prefix http://mysite.com drop-query if login_page !uid_given
2956 redirect location http://mysite.com/ if !login_page secure
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01002957 redirect location / clear-cookie USERID= if logout
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +02002958
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002959 See section 7 about ACL usage.
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +02002960
2961
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01002962redisp (deprecated)
2963redispatch (deprecated)
2964 Enable or disable session redistribution in case of connection failure
2965 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2966 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01002967 Arguments : none
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01002968
2969 In HTTP mode, if a server designated by a cookie is down, clients may
2970 definitely stick to it because they cannot flush the cookie, so they will not
2971 be able to access the service anymore.
2972
2973 Specifying "redispatch" will allow the proxy to break their persistence and
2974 redistribute them to a working server.
2975
2976 It also allows to retry last connection to another server in case of multiple
2977 connection failures. Of course, it requires having "retries" set to a nonzero
2978 value.
2979
2980 This form is deprecated, do not use it in any new configuration, use the new
2981 "option redispatch" instead.
2982
2983 See also : "option redispatch"
2984
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01002985
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01002986reqadd <string>
2987 Add a header at the end of the HTTP request
2988 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2989 no | yes | yes | yes
2990 Arguments :
2991 <string> is the complete line to be added. Any space or known delimiter
2992 must be escaped using a backslash ('\'). Please refer to section
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002993 6 about HTTP header manipulation for more information.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01002994
2995 A new line consisting in <string> followed by a line feed will be added after
2996 the last header of an HTTP request.
2997
2998 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
2999 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3000 responses.
3001
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003002 See also: "rspadd" and section 6 about HTTP header manipulation
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003003
3004
3005reqallow <search>
3006reqiallow <search> (ignore case)
3007 Definitely allow an HTTP request if a line matches a regular expression
3008 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3009 no | yes | yes | yes
3010 Arguments :
3011 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3012 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3013 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3014 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3015 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The
3016 "reqallow" keyword strictly matches case while "reqiallow"
3017 ignores case.
3018
3019 A request containing any line which matches extended regular expression
3020 <search> will mark the request as allowed, even if any later test would
3021 result in a deny. The test applies both to the request line and to request
3022 headers. Keep in mind that URLs in request line are case-sensitive while
3023 header names are not.
3024
3025 It is easier, faster and more powerful to use ACLs to write access policies.
3026 Reqdeny, reqallow and reqpass should be avoided in new designs.
3027
3028 Example :
3029 # allow www.* but refuse *.local
3030 reqiallow ^Host:\ www\.
3031 reqideny ^Host:\ .*\.local
3032
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003033 See also: "reqdeny", "acl", "block" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003034 manipulation
3035
3036
3037reqdel <search>
3038reqidel <search> (ignore case)
3039 Delete all headers matching a regular expression in an HTTP request
3040 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3041 no | yes | yes | yes
3042 Arguments :
3043 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3044 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3045 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3046 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3047 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The "reqdel"
3048 keyword strictly matches case while "reqidel" ignores case.
3049
3050 Any header line matching extended regular expression <search> in the request
3051 will be completely deleted. Most common use of this is to remove unwanted
3052 and/or dangerous headers or cookies from a request before passing it to the
3053 next servers.
3054
3055 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3056 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3057 responses. Keep in mind that header names are not case-sensitive.
3058
3059 Example :
3060 # remove X-Forwarded-For header and SERVER cookie
3061 reqidel ^X-Forwarded-For:.*
3062 reqidel ^Cookie:.*SERVER=
3063
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003064 See also: "reqadd", "reqrep", "rspdel" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003065 manipulation
3066
3067
3068reqdeny <search>
3069reqideny <search> (ignore case)
3070 Deny an HTTP request if a line matches a regular expression
3071 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3072 no | yes | yes | yes
3073 Arguments :
3074 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3075 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3076 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3077 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3078 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The
3079 "reqdeny" keyword strictly matches case while "reqideny" ignores
3080 case.
3081
3082 A request containing any line which matches extended regular expression
3083 <search> will mark the request as denied, even if any later test would
3084 result in an allow. The test applies both to the request line and to request
3085 headers. Keep in mind that URLs in request line are case-sensitive while
3086 header names are not.
3087
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01003088 A denied request will generate an "HTTP 403 forbidden" response once the
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01003089 complete request has been parsed. This is consistent with what is practiced
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01003090 using ACLs.
3091
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003092 It is easier, faster and more powerful to use ACLs to write access policies.
3093 Reqdeny, reqallow and reqpass should be avoided in new designs.
3094
3095 Example :
3096 # refuse *.local, then allow www.*
3097 reqideny ^Host:\ .*\.local
3098 reqiallow ^Host:\ www\.
3099
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003100 See also: "reqallow", "rspdeny", "acl", "block" and section 6 about HTTP
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003101 header manipulation
3102
3103
3104reqpass <search>
3105reqipass <search> (ignore case)
3106 Ignore any HTTP request line matching a regular expression in next rules
3107 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3108 no | yes | yes | yes
3109 Arguments :
3110 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3111 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3112 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3113 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3114 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The
3115 "reqpass" keyword strictly matches case while "reqipass" ignores
3116 case.
3117
3118 A request containing any line which matches extended regular expression
3119 <search> will skip next rules, without assigning any deny or allow verdict.
3120 The test applies both to the request line and to request headers. Keep in
3121 mind that URLs in request line are case-sensitive while header names are not.
3122
3123 It is easier, faster and more powerful to use ACLs to write access policies.
3124 Reqdeny, reqallow and reqpass should be avoided in new designs.
3125
3126 Example :
3127 # refuse *.local, then allow www.*, but ignore "www.private.local"
3128 reqipass ^Host:\ www.private\.local
3129 reqideny ^Host:\ .*\.local
3130 reqiallow ^Host:\ www\.
3131
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003132 See also: "reqallow", "reqdeny", "acl", "block" and section 6 about HTTP
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003133 header manipulation
3134
3135
3136reqrep <search> <string>
3137reqirep <search> <string> (ignore case)
3138 Replace a regular expression with a string in an HTTP request line
3139 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3140 no | yes | yes | yes
3141 Arguments :
3142 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3143 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3144 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3145 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3146 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The "reqrep"
3147 keyword strictly matches case while "reqirep" ignores case.
3148
3149 <string> is the complete line to be added. Any space or known delimiter
3150 must be escaped using a backslash ('\'). References to matched
3151 pattern groups are possible using the common \N form, with N
3152 being a single digit between 0 and 9. Please refer to section
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003153 6 about HTTP header manipulation for more information.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003154
3155 Any line matching extended regular expression <search> in the request (both
3156 the request line and header lines) will be completely replaced with <string>.
3157 Most common use of this is to rewrite URLs or domain names in "Host" headers.
3158
3159 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3160 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3161 responses. Note that for increased readability, it is suggested to add enough
3162 spaces between the request and the response. Keep in mind that URLs in
3163 request line are case-sensitive while header names are not.
3164
3165 Example :
3166 # replace "/static/" with "/" at the beginning of any request path.
3167 reqrep ^([^\ ]*)\ /static/(.*) \1\ /\2
3168 # replace "www.mydomain.com" with "www" in the host name.
3169 reqirep ^Host:\ www.mydomain.com Host:\ www
3170
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003171 See also: "reqadd", "reqdel", "rsprep" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003172 manipulation
3173
3174
3175reqtarpit <search>
3176reqitarpit <search> (ignore case)
3177 Tarpit an HTTP request containing a line matching a regular expression
3178 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3179 no | yes | yes | yes
3180 Arguments :
3181 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3182 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3183 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3184 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3185 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The
3186 "reqtarpit" keyword strictly matches case while "reqitarpit"
3187 ignores case.
3188
3189 A request containing any line which matches extended regular expression
3190 <search> will be tarpitted, which means that it will connect to nowhere, will
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01003191 be kept open for a pre-defined time, then will return an HTTP error 500 so
3192 that the attacker does not suspect it has been tarpitted. The status 500 will
3193 be reported in the logs, but the completion flags will indicate "PT". The
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003194 delay is defined by "timeout tarpit", or "timeout connect" if the former is
3195 not set.
3196
3197 The goal of the tarpit is to slow down robots attacking servers with
3198 identifiable requests. Many robots limit their outgoing number of connections
3199 and stay connected waiting for a reply which can take several minutes to
3200 come. Depending on the environment and attack, it may be particularly
3201 efficient at reducing the load on the network and firewalls.
3202
3203 Example :
3204 # ignore user-agents reporting any flavour of "Mozilla" or "MSIE", but
3205 # block all others.
3206 reqipass ^User-Agent:\.*(Mozilla|MSIE)
3207 reqitarpit ^User-Agent:
3208
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003209 See also: "reqallow", "reqdeny", "reqpass", and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003210 manipulation
3211
3212
Willy Tarreaue5c5ce92008-06-20 17:27:19 +02003213retries <value>
3214 Set the number of retries to perform on a server after a connection failure
3215 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3216 yes | no | yes | yes
3217 Arguments :
3218 <value> is the number of times a connection attempt should be retried on
3219 a server when a connection either is refused or times out. The
3220 default value is 3.
3221
3222 It is important to understand that this value applies to the number of
3223 connection attempts, not full requests. When a connection has effectively
3224 been established to a server, there will be no more retry.
3225
3226 In order to avoid immediate reconnections to a server which is restarting,
3227 a turn-around timer of 1 second is applied before a retry occurs.
3228
3229 When "option redispatch" is set, the last retry may be performed on another
3230 server even if a cookie references a different server.
3231
3232 See also : "option redispatch"
3233
3234
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003235rspadd <string>
3236 Add a header at the end of the HTTP response
3237 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3238 no | yes | yes | yes
3239 Arguments :
3240 <string> is the complete line to be added. Any space or known delimiter
3241 must be escaped using a backslash ('\'). Please refer to section
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003242 6 about HTTP header manipulation for more information.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003243
3244 A new line consisting in <string> followed by a line feed will be added after
3245 the last header of an HTTP response.
3246
3247 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3248 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3249 responses.
3250
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003251 See also: "reqadd" and section 6 about HTTP header manipulation
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003252
3253
3254rspdel <search>
3255rspidel <search> (ignore case)
3256 Delete all headers matching a regular expression in an HTTP response
3257 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3258 no | yes | yes | yes
3259 Arguments :
3260 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3261 response line. This is an extended regular expression, so
3262 parenthesis grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash
3263 is required. Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using
3264 a backslash ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time.
3265 The "rspdel" keyword strictly matches case while "rspidel"
3266 ignores case.
3267
3268 Any header line matching extended regular expression <search> in the response
3269 will be completely deleted. Most common use of this is to remove unwanted
3270 and/or sensible headers or cookies from a response before passing it to the
3271 client.
3272
3273 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3274 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3275 responses. Keep in mind that header names are not case-sensitive.
3276
3277 Example :
3278 # remove the Server header from responses
3279 reqidel ^Server:.*
3280
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003281 See also: "rspadd", "rsprep", "reqdel" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003282 manipulation
3283
3284
3285rspdeny <search>
3286rspideny <search> (ignore case)
3287 Block an HTTP response if a line matches a regular expression
3288 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3289 no | yes | yes | yes
3290 Arguments :
3291 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3292 response line. This is an extended regular expression, so
3293 parenthesis grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash
3294 is required. Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using
3295 a backslash ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time.
3296 The "rspdeny" keyword strictly matches case while "rspideny"
3297 ignores case.
3298
3299 A response containing any line which matches extended regular expression
3300 <search> will mark the request as denied. The test applies both to the
3301 response line and to response headers. Keep in mind that header names are not
3302 case-sensitive.
3303
3304 Main use of this keyword is to prevent sensitive information leak and to
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01003305 block the response before it reaches the client. If a response is denied, it
3306 will be replaced with an HTTP 502 error so that the client never retrieves
3307 any sensitive data.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003308
3309 It is easier, faster and more powerful to use ACLs to write access policies.
3310 Rspdeny should be avoided in new designs.
3311
3312 Example :
3313 # Ensure that no content type matching ms-word will leak
3314 rspideny ^Content-type:\.*/ms-word
3315
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003316 See also: "reqdeny", "acl", "block" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003317 manipulation
3318
3319
3320rsprep <search> <string>
3321rspirep <search> <string> (ignore case)
3322 Replace a regular expression with a string in an HTTP response line
3323 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3324 no | yes | yes | yes
3325 Arguments :
3326 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3327 response line. This is an extended regular expression, so
3328 parenthesis grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash
3329 is required. Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using
3330 a backslash ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time.
3331 The "rsprep" keyword strictly matches case while "rspirep"
3332 ignores case.
3333
3334 <string> is the complete line to be added. Any space or known delimiter
3335 must be escaped using a backslash ('\'). References to matched
3336 pattern groups are possible using the common \N form, with N
3337 being a single digit between 0 and 9. Please refer to section
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003338 6 about HTTP header manipulation for more information.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003339
3340 Any line matching extended regular expression <search> in the response (both
3341 the response line and header lines) will be completely replaced with
3342 <string>. Most common use of this is to rewrite Location headers.
3343
3344 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3345 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3346 responses. Note that for increased readability, it is suggested to add enough
3347 spaces between the request and the response. Keep in mind that header names
3348 are not case-sensitive.
3349
3350 Example :
3351 # replace "Location: 127.0.0.1:8080" with "Location: www.mydomain.com"
3352 rspirep ^Location:\ 127.0.0.1:8080 Location:\ www.mydomain.com
3353
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003354 See also: "rspadd", "rspdel", "reqrep" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003355 manipulation
3356
3357
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003358server <name> <address>[:port] [param*]
3359 Declare a server in a backend
3360 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3361 no | no | yes | yes
3362 Arguments :
3363 <name> is the internal name assigned to this server. This name will
3364 appear in logs and alerts.
3365
3366 <address> is the IPv4 address of the server. Alternatively, a resolvable
3367 hostname is supported, but this name will be resolved during
3368 start-up.
3369
3370 <ports> is an optional port specification. If set, all connections will
3371 be sent to this port. If unset, the same port the client
3372 connected to will be used. The port may also be prefixed by a "+"
3373 or a "-". In this case, the server's port will be determined by
3374 adding this value to the client's port.
3375
3376 <param*> is a list of parameters for this server. The "server" keywords
3377 accepts an important number of options and has a complete section
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003378 dedicated to it. Please refer to section 5 for more details.
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003379
3380 Examples :
3381 server first 10.1.1.1:1080 cookie first check inter 1000
3382 server second 10.1.1.2:1080 cookie second check inter 1000
3383
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003384 See also : section 5 about server options
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003385
3386
3387source <addr>[:<port>] [usesrc { <addr2>[:<port2>] | client | clientip } ]
Willy Tarreaud53f96b2009-02-04 18:46:54 +01003388source <addr>[:<port>] [interface <name>]
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003389 Set the source address for outgoing connections
3390 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3391 yes | no | yes | yes
3392 Arguments :
3393 <addr> is the IPv4 address HAProxy will bind to before connecting to a
3394 server. This address is also used as a source for health checks.
3395 The default value of 0.0.0.0 means that the system will select
3396 the most appropriate address to reach its destination.
3397
3398 <port> is an optional port. It is normally not needed but may be useful
3399 in some very specific contexts. The default value of zero means
3400 the system will select a free port.
3401
3402 <addr2> is the IP address to present to the server when connections are
3403 forwarded in full transparent proxy mode. This is currently only
3404 supported on some patched Linux kernels. When this address is
3405 specified, clients connecting to the server will be presented
3406 with this address, while health checks will still use the address
3407 <addr>.
3408
3409 <port2> is the optional port to present to the server when connections
3410 are forwarded in full transparent proxy mode (see <addr2> above).
3411 The default value of zero means the system will select a free
3412 port.
3413
Willy Tarreaud53f96b2009-02-04 18:46:54 +01003414 <name> is an optional interface name to which to bind to for outgoing
3415 traffic. On systems supporting this features (currently, only
3416 Linux), this allows one to bind all traffic to the server to
3417 this interface even if it is not the one the system would select
3418 based on routing tables. This should be used with extreme care.
3419 Note that using this option requires root privileges.
3420
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003421 The "source" keyword is useful in complex environments where a specific
3422 address only is allowed to connect to the servers. It may be needed when a
3423 private address must be used through a public gateway for instance, and it is
3424 known that the system cannot determine the adequate source address by itself.
3425
3426 An extension which is available on certain patched Linux kernels may be used
3427 through the "usesrc" optional keyword. It makes it possible to connect to the
3428 servers with an IP address which does not belong to the system itself. This
3429 is called "full transparent proxy mode". For this to work, the destination
3430 servers have to route their traffic back to this address through the machine
3431 running HAProxy, and IP forwarding must generally be enabled on this machine.
3432
3433 In this "full transparent proxy" mode, it is possible to force a specific IP
3434 address to be presented to the servers. This is not much used in fact. A more
3435 common use is to tell HAProxy to present the client's IP address. For this,
3436 there are two methods :
3437
3438 - present the client's IP and port addresses. This is the most transparent
3439 mode, but it can cause problems when IP connection tracking is enabled on
3440 the machine, because a same connection may be seen twice with different
3441 states. However, this solution presents the huge advantage of not
3442 limiting the system to the 64k outgoing address+port couples, because all
3443 of the client ranges may be used.
3444
3445 - present only the client's IP address and select a spare port. This
3446 solution is still quite elegant but slightly less transparent (downstream
3447 firewalls logs will not match upstream's). It also presents the downside
3448 of limiting the number of concurrent connections to the usual 64k ports.
3449 However, since the upstream and downstream ports are different, local IP
3450 connection tracking on the machine will not be upset by the reuse of the
3451 same session.
3452
3453 Note that depending on the transparent proxy technology used, it may be
3454 required to force the source address. In fact, cttproxy version 2 requires an
3455 IP address in <addr> above, and does not support setting of "0.0.0.0" as the
3456 IP address because it creates NAT entries which much match the exact outgoing
3457 address. Tproxy version 4 and some other kernel patches which work in pure
3458 forwarding mode generally will not have this limitation.
3459
3460 This option sets the default source for all servers in the backend. It may
3461 also be specified in a "defaults" section. Finer source address specification
3462 is possible at the server level using the "source" server option. Refer to
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003463 section 5 for more information.
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003464
3465 Examples :
3466 backend private
3467 # Connect to the servers using our 192.168.1.200 source address
3468 source 192.168.1.200
3469
3470 backend transparent_ssl1
3471 # Connect to the SSL farm from the client's source address
3472 source 192.168.1.200 usesrc clientip
3473
3474 backend transparent_ssl2
3475 # Connect to the SSL farm from the client's source address and port
3476 # not recommended if IP conntrack is present on the local machine.
3477 source 192.168.1.200 usesrc client
3478
3479 backend transparent_ssl3
3480 # Connect to the SSL farm from the client's source address. It
3481 # is more conntrack-friendly.
3482 source 192.168.1.200 usesrc clientip
3483
3484 backend transparent_smtp
3485 # Connect to the SMTP farm from the client's source address/port
3486 # with Tproxy version 4.
3487 source 0.0.0.0 usesrc clientip
3488
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003489 See also : the "source" server option in section 5, the Tproxy patches for
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003490 the Linux kernel on www.balabit.com, the "bind" keyword.
3491
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01003492
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01003493srvtimeout <timeout> (deprecated)
3494 Set the maximum inactivity time on the server side.
3495 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3496 yes | no | yes | yes
3497 Arguments :
3498 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
3499 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
3500 as explained at the top of this document.
3501
3502 The inactivity timeout applies when the server is expected to acknowledge or
3503 send data. In HTTP mode, this timeout is particularly important to consider
3504 during the first phase of the server's response, when it has to send the
3505 headers, as it directly represents the server's processing time for the
3506 request. To find out what value to put there, it's often good to start with
3507 what would be considered as unacceptable response times, then check the logs
3508 to observe the response time distribution, and adjust the value accordingly.
3509
3510 The value is specified in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other
3511 unit if the number is suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this
3512 document. In TCP mode (and to a lesser extent, in HTTP mode), it is highly
3513 recommended that the client timeout remains equal to the server timeout in
3514 order to avoid complex situations to debug. Whatever the expected server
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01003515 response times, it is a good practice to cover at least one or several TCP
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01003516 packet losses by specifying timeouts that are slightly above multiples of 3
3517 seconds (eg: 4 or 5 seconds minimum).
3518
3519 This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in
3520 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
3521 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
3522 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
3523 during startup because it may results in accumulation of expired sessions in
3524 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
3525
3526 This parameter is provided for compatibility but is currently deprecated.
3527 Please use "timeout server" instead.
3528
3529 See also : "timeout server", "timeout client" and "clitimeout".
3530
3531
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003532stats auth <user>:<passwd>
3533 Enable statistics with authentication and grant access to an account
3534 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3535 yes | no | yes | yes
3536 Arguments :
3537 <user> is a user name to grant access to
3538
3539 <passwd> is the cleartext password associated to this user
3540
3541 This statement enables statistics with default settings, and restricts access
3542 to declared users only. It may be repeated as many times as necessary to
3543 allow as many users as desired. When a user tries to access the statistics
3544 without a valid account, a "401 Forbidden" response will be returned so that
3545 the browser asks the user to provide a valid user and password. The real
3546 which will be returned to the browser is configurable using "stats realm".
3547
3548 Since the authentication method is HTTP Basic Authentication, the passwords
3549 circulate in cleartext on the network. Thus, it was decided that the
3550 configuration file would also use cleartext passwords to remind the users
3551 that those ones should not be sensible and not shared with any other account.
3552
3553 It is also possible to reduce the scope of the proxies which appear in the
3554 report using "stats scope".
3555
3556 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
3557 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
3558 unobvious parameters.
3559
3560 Example :
3561 # public access (limited to this backend only)
3562 backend public_www
3563 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
3564 stats enable
3565 stats hide-version
3566 stats scope .
3567 stats uri /admin?stats
3568 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
3569 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
3570 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
3571
3572 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
3573 backend private_monitoring
3574 stats enable
3575 stats uri /admin?stats
3576 stats refresh 5s
3577
3578 See also : "stats enable", "stats realm", "stats scope", "stats uri"
3579
3580
3581stats enable
3582 Enable statistics reporting with default settings
3583 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3584 yes | no | yes | yes
3585 Arguments : none
3586
3587 This statement enables statistics reporting with default settings defined
3588 at build time. Unless stated otherwise, these settings are used :
3589 - stats uri : /haproxy?stats
3590 - stats realm : "HAProxy Statistics"
3591 - stats auth : no authentication
3592 - stats scope : no restriction
3593
3594 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
3595 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
3596 unobvious parameters.
3597
3598 Example :
3599 # public access (limited to this backend only)
3600 backend public_www
3601 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
3602 stats enable
3603 stats hide-version
3604 stats scope .
3605 stats uri /admin?stats
3606 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
3607 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
3608 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
3609
3610 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
3611 backend private_monitoring
3612 stats enable
3613 stats uri /admin?stats
3614 stats refresh 5s
3615
3616 See also : "stats auth", "stats realm", "stats uri"
3617
3618
3619stats realm <realm>
3620 Enable statistics and set authentication realm
3621 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3622 yes | no | yes | yes
3623 Arguments :
3624 <realm> is the name of the HTTP Basic Authentication realm reported to
3625 the browser. The browser uses it to display it in the pop-up
3626 inviting the user to enter a valid username and password.
3627
3628 The realm is read as a single word, so any spaces in it should be escaped
3629 using a backslash ('\').
3630
3631 This statement is useful only in conjunction with "stats auth" since it is
3632 only related to authentication.
3633
3634 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
3635 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
3636 unobvious parameters.
3637
3638 Example :
3639 # public access (limited to this backend only)
3640 backend public_www
3641 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
3642 stats enable
3643 stats hide-version
3644 stats scope .
3645 stats uri /admin?stats
3646 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
3647 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
3648 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
3649
3650 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
3651 backend private_monitoring
3652 stats enable
3653 stats uri /admin?stats
3654 stats refresh 5s
3655
3656 See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats uri"
3657
3658
3659stats refresh <delay>
3660 Enable statistics with automatic refresh
3661 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3662 yes | no | yes | yes
3663 Arguments :
3664 <delay> is the suggested refresh delay, specified in seconds, which will
3665 be returned to the browser consulting the report page. While the
3666 browser is free to apply any delay, it will generally respect it
3667 and refresh the page this every seconds. The refresh interval may
3668 be specified in any other non-default time unit, by suffixing the
3669 unit after the value, as explained at the top of this document.
3670
3671 This statement is useful on monitoring displays with a permanent page
3672 reporting the load balancer's activity. When set, the HTML report page will
3673 include a link "refresh"/"stop refresh" so that the user can select whether
3674 he wants automatic refresh of the page or not.
3675
3676 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
3677 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
3678 unobvious parameters.
3679
3680 Example :
3681 # public access (limited to this backend only)
3682 backend public_www
3683 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
3684 stats enable
3685 stats hide-version
3686 stats scope .
3687 stats uri /admin?stats
3688 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
3689 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
3690 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
3691
3692 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
3693 backend private_monitoring
3694 stats enable
3695 stats uri /admin?stats
3696 stats refresh 5s
3697
3698 See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats realm", "stats uri"
3699
3700
3701stats scope { <name> | "." }
3702 Enable statistics and limit access scope
3703 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3704 yes | no | yes | yes
3705 Arguments :
3706 <name> is the name of a listen, frontend or backend section to be
3707 reported. The special name "." (a single dot) designates the
3708 section in which the statement appears.
3709
3710 When this statement is specified, only the sections enumerated with this
3711 statement will appear in the report. All other ones will be hidden. This
3712 statement may appear as many times as needed if multiple sections need to be
3713 reported. Please note that the name checking is performed as simple string
3714 comparisons, and that it is never checked that a give section name really
3715 exists.
3716
3717 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
3718 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
3719 unobvious parameters.
3720
3721 Example :
3722 # public access (limited to this backend only)
3723 backend public_www
3724 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
3725 stats enable
3726 stats hide-version
3727 stats scope .
3728 stats uri /admin?stats
3729 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
3730 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
3731 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
3732
3733 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
3734 backend private_monitoring
3735 stats enable
3736 stats uri /admin?stats
3737 stats refresh 5s
3738
3739 See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats realm", "stats uri"
3740
3741
3742stats uri <prefix>
3743 Enable statistics and define the URI prefix to access them
3744 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3745 yes | no | yes | yes
3746 Arguments :
3747 <prefix> is the prefix of any URI which will be redirected to stats. This
3748 prefix may contain a question mark ('?') to indicate part of a
3749 query string.
3750
3751 The statistics URI is intercepted on the relayed traffic, so it appears as a
3752 page within the normal application. It is strongly advised to ensure that the
3753 selected URI will never appear in the application, otherwise it will never be
3754 possible to reach it in the application.
3755
3756 The default URI compiled in haproxy is "/haproxy?stats", but this may be
3757 changed at build time, so it's better to always explictly specify it here.
3758 It is generally a good idea to include a question mark in the URI so that
3759 intermediate proxies refrain from caching the results. Also, since any string
3760 beginning with the prefix will be accepted as a stats request, the question
3761 mark helps ensuring that no valid URI will begin with the same words.
3762
3763 It is sometimes very convenient to use "/" as the URI prefix, and put that
3764 statement in a "listen" instance of its own. That makes it easy to dedicate
3765 an address or a port to statistics only.
3766
3767 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
3768 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
3769 unobvious parameters.
3770
3771 Example :
3772 # public access (limited to this backend only)
3773 backend public_www
3774 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
3775 stats enable
3776 stats hide-version
3777 stats scope .
3778 stats uri /admin?stats
3779 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
3780 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
3781 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
3782
3783 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
3784 backend private_monitoring
3785 stats enable
3786 stats uri /admin?stats
3787 stats refresh 5s
3788
3789 See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats realm"
3790
3791
3792stats hide-version
3793 Enable statistics and hide HAProxy version reporting
3794 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3795 yes | no | yes | yes
3796 Arguments : none
3797
3798 By default, the stats page reports some useful status information along with
3799 the statistics. Among them is HAProxy's version. However, it is generally
3800 considered dangerous to report precise version to anyone, as it can help them
3801 target known weaknesses with specific attacks. The "stats hide-version"
3802 statement removes the version from the statistics report. This is recommended
3803 for public sites or any site with a weak login/password.
3804
3805 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
3806 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
3807 unobvious parameters.
3808
3809 Example :
3810 # public access (limited to this backend only)
3811 backend public_www
3812 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
3813 stats enable
3814 stats hide-version
3815 stats scope .
3816 stats uri /admin?stats
3817 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
3818 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
3819 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
3820
3821 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
3822 backend private_monitoring
3823 stats enable
3824 stats uri /admin?stats
3825 stats refresh 5s
3826
3827 See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats realm", "stats uri"
3828
3829
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02003830tcp-request content accept [{if | unless} <condition>]
3831 Accept a connection if/unless a content inspection condition is matched
3832 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3833 no | yes | yes | no
3834
3835 During TCP content inspection, the connection is immediately validated if the
3836 condition is true (when used with "if") or false (when used with "unless").
3837 Most of the time during content inspection, a condition will be in an
3838 uncertain state which is neither true nor false. The evaluation immediately
3839 stops when such a condition is encountered. It is important to understand
3840 that "accept" and "reject" rules are evaluated in their exact declaration
3841 order, so that it is possible to build complex rules from them. There is no
3842 specific limit to the number of rules which may be inserted.
3843
3844 Note that the "if/unless" condition is optionnal. If no condition is set on
3845 the action, it is simply performed unconditionally.
3846
3847 If no "tcp-request content" rules are matched, the default action already is
3848 "accept". Thus, this statement alone does not bring anything without another
3849 "reject" statement.
3850
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003851 See section 7 about ACL usage.
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02003852
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02003853 See also : "tcp-request content reject", "tcp-request inspect-delay"
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02003854
3855
3856tcp-request content reject [{if | unless} <condition>]
3857 Reject a connection if/unless a content inspection condition is matched
3858 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3859 no | yes | yes | no
3860
3861 During TCP content inspection, the connection is immediately rejected if the
3862 condition is true (when used with "if") or false (when used with "unless").
3863 Most of the time during content inspection, a condition will be in an
3864 uncertain state which is neither true nor false. The evaluation immediately
3865 stops when such a condition is encountered. It is important to understand
3866 that "accept" and "reject" rules are evaluated in their exact declaration
3867 order, so that it is possible to build complex rules from them. There is no
3868 specific limit to the number of rules which may be inserted.
3869
3870 Note that the "if/unless" condition is optionnal. If no condition is set on
3871 the action, it is simply performed unconditionally.
3872
3873 If no "tcp-request content" rules are matched, the default action is set to
3874 "accept".
3875
3876 Example:
3877 # reject SMTP connection if client speaks first
3878 tcp-request inspect-delay 30s
3879 acl content_present req_len gt 0
3880 tcp-request reject if content_present
3881
3882 # Forward HTTPS connection only if client speaks
3883 tcp-request inspect-delay 30s
3884 acl content_present req_len gt 0
3885 tcp-request accept if content_present
3886 tcp-request reject
3887
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003888 See section 7 about ACL usage.
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02003889
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02003890 See also : "tcp-request content accept", "tcp-request inspect-delay"
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02003891
3892
3893tcp-request inspect-delay <timeout>
3894 Set the maximum allowed time to wait for data during content inspection
3895 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3896 no | yes | yes | no
3897 Arguments :
3898 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
3899 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
3900 as explained at the top of this document.
3901
3902 People using haproxy primarily as a TCP relay are often worried about the
3903 risk of passing any type of protocol to a server without any analysis. In
3904 order to be able to analyze the request contents, we must first withhold
3905 the data then analyze them. This statement simply enables withholding of
3906 data for at most the specified amount of time.
3907
3908 Note that when performing content inspection, haproxy will evaluate the whole
3909 rules for every new chunk which gets in, taking into account the fact that
3910 those data are partial. If no rule matches before the aforementionned delay,
3911 a last check is performed upon expiration, this time considering that the
Willy Tarreaud869b242009-03-15 14:43:58 +01003912 contents are definitive. If no delay is set, haproxy will not wait at all
3913 and will immediately apply a verdict based on the available information.
3914 Obviously this is unlikely to be very useful and might even be racy, so such
3915 setups are not recommended.
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02003916
3917 As soon as a rule matches, the request is released and continues as usual. If
3918 the timeout is reached and no rule matches, the default policy will be to let
3919 it pass through unaffected.
3920
3921 For most protocols, it is enough to set it to a few seconds, as most clients
3922 send the full request immediately upon connection. Add 3 or more seconds to
3923 cover TCP retransmits but that's all. For some protocols, it may make sense
3924 to use large values, for instance to ensure that the client never talks
3925 before the server (eg: SMTP), or to wait for a client to talk before passing
3926 data to the server (eg: SSL). Note that the client timeout must cover at
3927 least the inspection delay, otherwise it will expire first.
3928
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02003929 See also : "tcp-request content accept", "tcp-request content reject",
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02003930 "timeout client".
3931
3932
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki5259dfe2008-01-21 01:54:06 +01003933timeout check <timeout>
3934 Set additional check timeout, but only after a connection has been already
3935 established.
3936
3937 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3938 yes | no | yes | yes
3939 Arguments:
3940 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
3941 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
3942 as explained at the top of this document.
3943
3944 If set, haproxy uses min("timeout connect", "inter") as a connect timeout
3945 for check and "timeout check" as an additional read timeout. The "min" is
3946 used so that people running with *very* long "timeout connect" (eg. those
3947 who needed this due to the queue or tarpit) do not slow down their checks.
3948 Of course it is better to use "check queue" and "check tarpit" instead of
3949 long "timeout connect".
3950
3951 If "timeout check" is not set haproxy uses "inter" for complete check
3952 timeout (connect + read) exactly like all <1.3.15 version.
3953
3954 In most cases check request is much simpler and faster to handle than normal
3955 requests and people may want to kick out laggy servers so this timeout should
Willy Tarreau41a340d2008-01-22 12:25:31 +01003956 be smaller than "timeout server".
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki5259dfe2008-01-21 01:54:06 +01003957
3958 This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in
3959 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
3960 forget about it.
3961
Willy Tarreau41a340d2008-01-22 12:25:31 +01003962 See also: "timeout connect", "timeout queue", "timeout server",
3963 "timeout tarpit".
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki5259dfe2008-01-21 01:54:06 +01003964
3965
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01003966timeout client <timeout>
3967timeout clitimeout <timeout> (deprecated)
3968 Set the maximum inactivity time on the client side.
3969 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3970 yes | yes | yes | no
3971 Arguments :
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01003972 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01003973 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
3974 as explained at the top of this document.
3975
3976 The inactivity timeout applies when the client is expected to acknowledge or
3977 send data. In HTTP mode, this timeout is particularly important to consider
3978 during the first phase, when the client sends the request, and during the
3979 response while it is reading data sent by the server. The value is specified
3980 in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other unit if the number is
3981 suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this document. In TCP mode
3982 (and to a lesser extent, in HTTP mode), it is highly recommended that the
3983 client timeout remains equal to the server timeout in order to avoid complex
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01003984 situations to debug. It is a good practice to cover one or several TCP packet
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01003985 losses by specifying timeouts that are slightly above multiples of 3 seconds
3986 (eg: 4 or 5 seconds).
3987
3988 This parameter is specific to frontends, but can be specified once for all in
3989 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
3990 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
3991 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
3992 during startup because it may results in accumulation of expired sessions in
3993 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
3994
3995 This parameter replaces the old, deprecated "clitimeout". It is recommended
3996 to use it to write new configurations. The form "timeout clitimeout" is
3997 provided only by backwards compatibility but its use is strongly discouraged.
3998
3999 See also : "clitimeout", "timeout server".
4000
4001
4002timeout connect <timeout>
4003timeout contimeout <timeout> (deprecated)
4004 Set the maximum time to wait for a connection attempt to a server to succeed.
4005 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4006 yes | no | yes | yes
4007 Arguments :
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004008 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004009 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4010 as explained at the top of this document.
4011
4012 If the server is located on the same LAN as haproxy, the connection should be
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01004013 immediate (less than a few milliseconds). Anyway, it is a good practice to
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004014 cover one or several TCP packet losses by specifying timeouts that are
4015 slightly above multiples of 3 seconds (eg: 4 or 5 seconds). By default, the
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki5259dfe2008-01-21 01:54:06 +01004016 connect timeout also presets both queue and tarpit timeouts to the same value
4017 if these have not been specified.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004018
4019 This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in
4020 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
4021 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
4022 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
4023 during startup because it may results in accumulation of failed sessions in
4024 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
4025
4026 This parameter replaces the old, deprecated "contimeout". It is recommended
4027 to use it to write new configurations. The form "timeout contimeout" is
4028 provided only by backwards compatibility but its use is strongly discouraged.
4029
Willy Tarreau41a340d2008-01-22 12:25:31 +01004030 See also: "timeout check", "timeout queue", "timeout server", "contimeout",
4031 "timeout tarpit".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004032
4033
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01004034timeout http-request <timeout>
4035 Set the maximum allowed time to wait for a complete HTTP request
4036 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4037 yes | yes | yes | no
4038 Arguments :
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004039 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01004040 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4041 as explained at the top of this document.
4042
4043 In order to offer DoS protection, it may be required to lower the maximum
4044 accepted time to receive a complete HTTP request without affecting the client
4045 timeout. This helps protecting against established connections on which
4046 nothing is sent. The client timeout cannot offer a good protection against
4047 this abuse because it is an inactivity timeout, which means that if the
4048 attacker sends one character every now and then, the timeout will not
4049 trigger. With the HTTP request timeout, no matter what speed the client
4050 types, the request will be aborted if it does not complete in time.
4051
4052 Note that this timeout only applies to the header part of the request, and
4053 not to any data. As soon as the empty line is received, this timeout is not
4054 used anymore.
4055
4056 Generally it is enough to set it to a few seconds, as most clients send the
4057 full request immediately upon connection. Add 3 or more seconds to cover TCP
4058 retransmits but that's all. Setting it to very low values (eg: 50 ms) will
4059 generally work on local networks as long as there are no packet losses. This
4060 will prevent people from sending bare HTTP requests using telnet.
4061
4062 If this parameter is not set, the client timeout still applies between each
4063 chunk of the incoming request.
4064
4065 See also : "timeout client".
4066
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004067
4068timeout queue <timeout>
4069 Set the maximum time to wait in the queue for a connection slot to be free
4070 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4071 yes | no | yes | yes
4072 Arguments :
4073 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
4074 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4075 as explained at the top of this document.
4076
4077 When a server's maxconn is reached, connections are left pending in a queue
4078 which may be server-specific or global to the backend. In order not to wait
4079 indefinitely, a timeout is applied to requests pending in the queue. If the
4080 timeout is reached, it is considered that the request will almost never be
4081 served, so it is dropped and a 503 error is returned to the client.
4082
4083 The "timeout queue" statement allows to fix the maximum time for a request to
4084 be left pending in a queue. If unspecified, the same value as the backend's
4085 connection timeout ("timeout connect") is used, for backwards compatibility
4086 with older versions with no "timeout queue" parameter.
4087
4088 See also : "timeout connect", "contimeout".
4089
4090
4091timeout server <timeout>
4092timeout srvtimeout <timeout> (deprecated)
4093 Set the maximum inactivity time on the server side.
4094 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4095 yes | no | yes | yes
4096 Arguments :
4097 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
4098 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4099 as explained at the top of this document.
4100
4101 The inactivity timeout applies when the server is expected to acknowledge or
4102 send data. In HTTP mode, this timeout is particularly important to consider
4103 during the first phase of the server's response, when it has to send the
4104 headers, as it directly represents the server's processing time for the
4105 request. To find out what value to put there, it's often good to start with
4106 what would be considered as unacceptable response times, then check the logs
4107 to observe the response time distribution, and adjust the value accordingly.
4108
4109 The value is specified in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other
4110 unit if the number is suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this
4111 document. In TCP mode (and to a lesser extent, in HTTP mode), it is highly
4112 recommended that the client timeout remains equal to the server timeout in
4113 order to avoid complex situations to debug. Whatever the expected server
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01004114 response times, it is a good practice to cover at least one or several TCP
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004115 packet losses by specifying timeouts that are slightly above multiples of 3
4116 seconds (eg: 4 or 5 seconds minimum).
4117
4118 This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in
4119 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
4120 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
4121 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
4122 during startup because it may results in accumulation of expired sessions in
4123 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
4124
4125 This parameter replaces the old, deprecated "srvtimeout". It is recommended
4126 to use it to write new configurations. The form "timeout srvtimeout" is
4127 provided only by backwards compatibility but its use is strongly discouraged.
4128
4129 See also : "srvtimeout", "timeout client".
4130
4131
4132timeout tarpit <timeout>
4133 Set the duration for which tapitted connections will be maintained
4134 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4135 yes | yes | yes | yes
4136 Arguments :
4137 <timeout> is the tarpit duration specified in milliseconds by default, but
4138 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4139 as explained at the top of this document.
4140
4141 When a connection is tarpitted using "reqtarpit", it is maintained open with
4142 no activity for a certain amount of time, then closed. "timeout tarpit"
4143 defines how long it will be maintained open.
4144
4145 The value is specified in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other
4146 unit if the number is suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this
4147 document. If unspecified, the same value as the backend's connection timeout
4148 ("timeout connect") is used, for backwards compatibility with older versions
4149 with no "timeout tapit" parameter.
4150
4151 See also : "timeout connect", "contimeout".
4152
4153
4154transparent (deprecated)
4155 Enable client-side transparent proxying
4156 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
Willy Tarreau4b1f8592008-12-23 23:13:55 +01004157 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004158 Arguments : none
4159
4160 This keyword was introduced in order to provide layer 7 persistence to layer
4161 3 load balancers. The idea is to use the OS's ability to redirect an incoming
4162 connection for a remote address to a local process (here HAProxy), and let
4163 this process know what address was initially requested. When this option is
4164 used, sessions without cookies will be forwarded to the original destination
4165 IP address of the incoming request (which should match that of another
4166 equipment), while requests with cookies will still be forwarded to the
4167 appropriate server.
4168
4169 The "transparent" keyword is deprecated, use "option transparent" instead.
4170
4171 Note that contrary to a common belief, this option does NOT make HAProxy
4172 present the client's IP to the server when establishing the connection.
4173
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004174 See also: "option transparent"
4175
4176
4177use_backend <backend> if <condition>
4178use_backend <backend> unless <condition>
4179 Switch to a specific backend if/unless a Layer 7 condition is matched.
4180 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4181 no | yes | yes | no
4182 Arguments :
4183 <backend> is the name of a valid backend or "listen" section.
4184
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004185 <condition> is a condition composed of ACLs, as described in section 7.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004186
4187 When doing content-switching, connections arrive on a frontend and are then
4188 dispatched to various backends depending on a number of conditions. The
4189 relation between the conditions and the backends is described with the
4190 "use_backend" keyword. This is supported only in HTTP mode.
4191
4192 There may be as many "use_backend" rules as desired. All of these rules are
4193 evaluated in their declaration order, and the first one which matches will
4194 assign the backend.
4195
4196 In the first form, the backend will be used if the condition is met. In the
4197 second form, the backend will be used if the condition is not met. If no
4198 condition is valid, the backend defined with "default_backend" will be used.
4199 If no default backend is defined, either the servers in the same section are
4200 used (in case of a "listen" section) or, in case of a frontend, no server is
4201 used and a 503 service unavailable response is returned.
4202
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004203 See also: "default_backend" and section 7 about ACLs.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004204
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01004205
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020042065. Server options
4207-----------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004208
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004209The "server" keyword supports a certain number of settings which are all passed
4210as arguments on the server line. The order in which those arguments appear does
4211not count, and they are all optional. Some of those settings are single words
4212(booleans) while others expect one or several values after them. In this case,
4213the values must immediately follow the setting name. All those settings must be
4214specified after the server's address if they are used :
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004215
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004216 server <name> <address>[:port] [settings ...]
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004217
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004218The currently supported settings are the following ones.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004219
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004220addr <ipv4>
4221 Using the "addr" parameter, it becomes possible to use a different IP address
4222 to send health-checks. On some servers, it may be desirable to dedicate an IP
4223 address to specific component able to perform complex tests which are more
4224 suitable to health-checks than the application. This parameter is ignored if
4225 the "check" parameter is not set. See also the "port" parameter.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004226
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004227backup
4228 When "backup" is present on a server line, the server is only used in load
4229 balancing when all other non-backup servers are unavailable. Requests coming
4230 with a persistence cookie referencing the server will always be served
4231 though. By default, only the first operational backup server is used, unless
4232 the "allbackups" option is set in the backend. See also the "allbackups"
4233 option.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004234
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004235check
4236 This option enables health checks on the server. By default, a server is
4237 always considered available. If "check" is set, the server will receive
4238 periodic health checks to ensure that it is really able to serve requests.
4239 The default address and port to send the tests to are those of the server,
4240 and the default source is the same as the one defined in the backend. It is
4241 possible to change the address using the "addr" parameter, the port using the
4242 "port" parameter, the source address using the "source" address, and the
4243 interval and timers using the "inter", "rise" and "fall" parameters. The
4244 request method is define in the backend using the "httpchk", "smtpchk",
4245 and "ssl-hello-chk" options. Please refer to those options and parameters for
4246 more information.
4247
4248cookie <value>
4249 The "cookie" parameter sets the cookie value assigned to the server to
4250 <value>. This value will be checked in incoming requests, and the first
4251 operational server possessing the same value will be selected. In return, in
4252 cookie insertion or rewrite modes, this value will be assigned to the cookie
4253 sent to the client. There is nothing wrong in having several servers sharing
4254 the same cookie value, and it is in fact somewhat common between normal and
4255 backup servers. See also the "cookie" keyword in backend section.
4256
4257fall <count>
4258 The "fall" parameter states that a server will be considered as dead after
4259 <count> consecutive unsuccessful health checks. This value defaults to 3 if
4260 unspecified. See also the "check", "inter" and "rise" parameters.
4261
4262id <value>
4263 Set a persistent value for server ID. Must be unique and larger than 1000, as
4264 smaller values are reserved for auto-assigned ids.
4265
4266inter <delay>
4267fastinter <delay>
4268downinter <delay>
4269 The "inter" parameter sets the interval between two consecutive health checks
4270 to <delay> milliseconds. If left unspecified, the delay defaults to 2000 ms.
4271 It is also possible to use "fastinter" and "downinter" to optimize delays
4272 between checks depending on the server state :
4273
4274 Server state | Interval used
4275 ---------------------------------+-----------------------------------------
4276 UP 100% (non-transitional) | "inter"
4277 ---------------------------------+-----------------------------------------
4278 Transitionally UP (going down), |
4279 Transitionally DOWN (going up), | "fastinter" if set, "inter" otherwise.
4280 or yet unchecked. |
4281 ---------------------------------+-----------------------------------------
4282 DOWN 100% (non-transitional) | "downinter" if set, "inter" otherwise.
4283 ---------------------------------+-----------------------------------------
4284
4285 Just as with every other time-based parameter, they can be entered in any
4286 other explicit unit among { us, ms, s, m, h, d }. The "inter" parameter also
4287 serves as a timeout for health checks sent to servers if "timeout check" is
4288 not set. In order to reduce "resonance" effects when multiple servers are
4289 hosted on the same hardware, the health-checks of all servers are started
4290 with a small time offset between them. It is also possible to add some random
4291 noise in the health checks interval using the global "spread-checks"
4292 keyword. This makes sense for instance when a lot of backends use the same
4293 servers.
4294
4295maxconn <maxconn>
4296 The "maxconn" parameter specifies the maximal number of concurrent
4297 connections that will be sent to this server. If the number of incoming
4298 concurrent requests goes higher than this value, they will be queued, waiting
4299 for a connection to be released. This parameter is very important as it can
4300 save fragile servers from going down under extreme loads. If a "minconn"
4301 parameter is specified, the limit becomes dynamic. The default value is "0"
4302 which means unlimited. See also the "minconn" and "maxqueue" parameters, and
4303 the backend's "fullconn" keyword.
4304
4305maxqueue <maxqueue>
4306 The "maxqueue" parameter specifies the maximal number of connections which
4307 will wait in the queue for this server. If this limit is reached, next
4308 requests will be redispatched to other servers instead of indefinitely
4309 waiting to be served. This will break persistence but may allow people to
4310 quickly re-log in when the server they try to connect to is dying. The
4311 default value is "0" which means the queue is unlimited. See also the
4312 "maxconn" and "minconn" parameters.
4313
4314minconn <minconn>
4315 When the "minconn" parameter is set, the maxconn limit becomes a dynamic
4316 limit following the backend's load. The server will always accept at least
4317 <minconn> connections, never more than <maxconn>, and the limit will be on
4318 the ramp between both values when the backend has less than <fullconn>
4319 concurrent connections. This makes it possible to limit the load on the
4320 server during normal loads, but push it further for important loads without
4321 overloading the server during exceptionnal loads. See also the "maxconn"
4322 and "maxqueue" parameters, as well as the "fullconn" backend keyword.
4323
4324port <port>
4325 Using the "port" parameter, it becomes possible to use a different port to
4326 send health-checks. On some servers, it may be desirable to dedicate a port
4327 to a specific component able to perform complex tests which are more suitable
4328 to health-checks than the application. It is common to run a simple script in
4329 inetd for instance. This parameter is ignored if the "check" parameter is not
4330 set. See also the "addr" parameter.
4331
4332redir <prefix>
4333 The "redir" parameter enables the redirection mode for all GET and HEAD
4334 requests addressing this server. This means that instead of having HAProxy
4335 forward the request to the server, it will send an "HTTP 302" response with
4336 the "Location" header composed of this prefix immediately followed by the
4337 requested URI beginning at the leading '/' of the path component. That means
4338 that no trailing slash should be used after <prefix>. All invalid requests
4339 will be rejected, and all non-GET or HEAD requests will be normally served by
4340 the server. Note that since the response is completely forged, no header
4341 mangling nor cookie insertion is possible in the respose. However, cookies in
4342 requests are still analysed, making this solution completely usable to direct
4343 users to a remote location in case of local disaster. Main use consists in
4344 increasing bandwidth for static servers by having the clients directly
4345 connect to them. Note: never use a relative location here, it would cause a
4346 loop between the client and HAProxy!
4347
4348 Example : server srv1 192.168.1.1:80 redir http://image1.mydomain.com check
4349
4350rise <count>
4351 The "rise" parameter states that a server will be considered as operational
4352 after <count> consecutive successful health checks. This value defaults to 2
4353 if unspecified. See also the "check", "inter" and "fall" parameters.
4354
4355slowstart <start_time_in_ms>
4356 The "slowstart" parameter for a server accepts a value in milliseconds which
4357 indicates after how long a server which has just come back up will run at
4358 full speed. Just as with every other time-based parameter, it can be entered
4359 in any other explicit unit among { us, ms, s, m, h, d }. The speed grows
4360 linearly from 0 to 100% during this time. The limitation applies to two
4361 parameters :
4362
4363 - maxconn: the number of connections accepted by the server will grow from 1
4364 to 100% of the usual dynamic limit defined by (minconn,maxconn,fullconn).
4365
4366 - weight: when the backend uses a dynamic weighted algorithm, the weight
4367 grows linearly from 1 to 100%. In this case, the weight is updated at every
4368 health-check. For this reason, it is important that the "inter" parameter
4369 is smaller than the "slowstart", in order to maximize the number of steps.
4370
4371 The slowstart never applies when haproxy starts, otherwise it would cause
4372 trouble to running servers. It only applies when a server has been previously
4373 seen as failed.
4374
4375source <addr>[:<port>] [usesrc { <addr2>[:<port2>] | client | clientip } ]
4376source <addr>[:<port>] [interface <name>] ...
4377 The "source" parameter sets the source address which will be used when
4378 connecting to the server. It follows the exact same parameters and principle
4379 as the backend "source" keyword, except that it only applies to the server
4380 referencing it. Please consult the "source" keyword for details.
4381
4382track [<proxy>/]<server>
4383 This option enables ability to set the current state of the server by
4384 tracking another one. Only a server with checks enabled can be tracked
4385 so it is not possible for example to track a server that tracks another
4386 one. If <proxy> is omitted the current one is used. If disable-on-404 is
4387 used, it has to be enabled on both proxies.
4388
4389weight <weight>
4390 The "weight" parameter is used to adjust the server's weight relative to
4391 other servers. All servers will receive a load proportional to their weight
4392 relative to the sum of all weights, so the higher the weight, the higher the
4393 load. The default weight is 1, and the maximal value is 255. If this
4394 parameter is used to distribute the load according to server's capacity, it
4395 is recommended to start with values which can both grow and shrink, for
4396 instance between 10 and 100 to leave enough room above and below for later
4397 adjustments.
4398
4399
44006. HTTP header manipulation
4401---------------------------
4402
4403In HTTP mode, it is possible to rewrite, add or delete some of the request and
4404response headers based on regular expressions. It is also possible to block a
4405request or a response if a particular header matches a regular expression,
4406which is enough to stop most elementary protocol attacks, and to protect
4407against information leak from the internal network. But there is a limitation
4408to this : since HAProxy's HTTP engine does not support keep-alive, only headers
4409passed during the first request of a TCP session will be seen. All subsequent
4410headers will be considered data only and not analyzed. Furthermore, HAProxy
4411never touches data contents, it stops analysis at the end of headers.
4412
4413This section covers common usage of the following keywords, described in detail
4414in section 4.2 :
4415
4416 - reqadd <string>
4417 - reqallow <search>
4418 - reqiallow <search>
4419 - reqdel <search>
4420 - reqidel <search>
4421 - reqdeny <search>
4422 - reqideny <search>
4423 - reqpass <search>
4424 - reqipass <search>
4425 - reqrep <search> <replace>
4426 - reqirep <search> <replace>
4427 - reqtarpit <search>
4428 - reqitarpit <search>
4429 - rspadd <string>
4430 - rspdel <search>
4431 - rspidel <search>
4432 - rspdeny <search>
4433 - rspideny <search>
4434 - rsprep <search> <replace>
4435 - rspirep <search> <replace>
4436
4437With all these keywords, the same conventions are used. The <search> parameter
4438is a POSIX extended regular expression (regex) which supports grouping through
4439parenthesis (without the backslash). Spaces and other delimiters must be
4440prefixed with a backslash ('\') to avoid confusion with a field delimiter.
4441Other characters may be prefixed with a backslash to change their meaning :
4442
4443 \t for a tab
4444 \r for a carriage return (CR)
4445 \n for a new line (LF)
4446 \ to mark a space and differentiate it from a delimiter
4447 \# to mark a sharp and differentiate it from a comment
4448 \\ to use a backslash in a regex
4449 \\\\ to use a backslash in the text (*2 for regex, *2 for haproxy)
4450 \xXX to write the ASCII hex code XX as in the C language
4451
4452The <replace> parameter contains the string to be used to replace the largest
4453portion of text matching the regex. It can make use of the special characters
4454above, and can reference a substring which is delimited by parenthesis in the
4455regex, by writing a backslash ('\') immediately followed by one digit from 0 to
44569 indicating the group position (0 designating the entire line). This practice
4457is very common to users of the "sed" program.
4458
4459The <string> parameter represents the string which will systematically be added
4460after the last header line. It can also use special character sequences above.
4461
4462Notes related to these keywords :
4463---------------------------------
4464 - these keywords are not always convenient to allow/deny based on header
4465 contents. It is strongly recommended to use ACLs with the "block" keyword
4466 instead, resulting in far more flexible and manageable rules.
4467
4468 - lines are always considered as a whole. It is not possible to reference
4469 a header name only or a value only. This is important because of the way
4470 headers are written (notably the number of spaces after the colon).
4471
4472 - the first line is always considered as a header, which makes it possible to
4473 rewrite or filter HTTP requests URIs or response codes, but in turn makes
4474 it harder to distinguish between headers and request line. The regex prefix
4475 ^[^\ \t]*[\ \t] matches any HTTP method followed by a space, and the prefix
4476 ^[^ \t:]*: matches any header name followed by a colon.
4477
4478 - for performances reasons, the number of characters added to a request or to
4479 a response is limited at build time to values between 1 and 4 kB. This
4480 should normally be far more than enough for most usages. If it is too short
4481 on occasional usages, it is possible to gain some space by removing some
4482 useless headers before adding new ones.
4483
4484 - keywords beginning with "reqi" and "rspi" are the same as their couterpart
4485 without the 'i' letter except that they ignore case when matching patterns.
4486
4487 - when a request passes through a frontend then a backend, all req* rules
4488 from the frontend will be evaluated, then all req* rules from the backend
4489 will be evaluated. The reverse path is applied to responses.
4490
4491 - req* statements are applied after "block" statements, so that "block" is
4492 always the first one, but before "use_backend" in order to permit rewriting
4493 before switching.
4494
4495
44967. Using ACLs
4497-------------
4498
4499The use of Access Control Lists (ACL) provides a flexible solution to perform
4500content switching and generally to take decisions based on content extracted
4501from the request, the response or any environmental status. The principle is
4502simple :
4503
4504 - define test criteria with sets of values
4505 - perform actions only if a set of tests is valid
4506
4507The actions generally consist in blocking the request, or selecting a backend.
4508
4509In order to define a test, the "acl" keyword is used. The syntax is :
4510
4511 acl <aclname> <criterion> [flags] [operator] <value> ...
4512
4513This creates a new ACL <aclname> or completes an existing one with new tests.
4514Those tests apply to the portion of request/response specified in <criterion>
4515and may be adjusted with optional flags [flags]. Some criteria also support
4516an operator which may be specified before the set of values. The values are
4517of the type supported by the criterion, and are separated by spaces.
4518
4519ACL names must be formed from upper and lower case letters, digits, '-' (dash),
4520'_' (underscore) , '.' (dot) and ':' (colon). ACL names are case-sensitive,
4521which means that "my_acl" and "My_Acl" are two different ACLs.
4522
4523There is no enforced limit to the number of ACLs. The unused ones do not affect
4524performance, they just consume a small amount of memory.
4525
4526The following ACL flags are currently supported :
4527
4528 -i : ignore case during matching.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004529 -- : force end of flags. Useful when a string looks like one of the flags.
4530
4531Supported types of values are :
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004532
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004533 - integers or integer ranges
4534 - strings
4535 - regular expressions
4536 - IP addresses and networks
4537
4538
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020045397.1. Matching integers
4540----------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004541
4542Matching integers is special in that ranges and operators are permitted. Note
4543that integer matching only applies to positive values. A range is a value
4544expressed with a lower and an upper bound separated with a colon, both of which
4545may be omitted.
4546
4547For instance, "1024:65535" is a valid range to represent a range of
4548unprivileged ports, and "1024:" would also work. "0:1023" is a valid
4549representation of privileged ports, and ":1023" would also work.
4550
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004551As a special case, some ACL functions support decimal numbers which are in fact
4552two integers separated by a dot. This is used with some version checks for
4553instance. All integer properties apply to those decimal numbers, including
4554ranges and operators.
4555
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004556For an easier usage, comparison operators are also supported. Note that using
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004557operators with ranges does not make much sense and is strongly discouraged.
4558Similarly, it does not make much sense to perform order comparisons with a set
4559of values.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004560
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004561Available operators for integer matching are :
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004562
4563 eq : true if the tested value equals at least one value
4564 ge : true if the tested value is greater than or equal to at least one value
4565 gt : true if the tested value is greater than at least one value
4566 le : true if the tested value is less than or equal to at least one value
4567 lt : true if the tested value is less than at least one value
4568
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004569For instance, the following ACL matches any negative Content-Length header :
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004570
4571 acl negative-length hdr_val(content-length) lt 0
4572
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004573This one matches SSL versions between 3.0 and 3.1 (inclusive) :
4574
4575 acl sslv3 req_ssl_ver 3:3.1
4576
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004577
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020045787.2. Matching strings
4579---------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004580
4581String matching applies to verbatim strings as they are passed, with the
4582exception of the backslash ("\") which makes it possible to escape some
4583characters such as the space. If the "-i" flag is passed before the first
4584string, then the matching will be performed ignoring the case. In order
4585to match the string "-i", either set it second, or pass the "--" flag
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004586before the first string. Same applies of course to match the string "--".
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004587
4588
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020045897.3. Matching regular expressions (regexes)
4590-------------------------------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004591
4592Just like with string matching, regex matching applies to verbatim strings as
4593they are passed, with the exception of the backslash ("\") which makes it
4594possible to escape some characters such as the space. If the "-i" flag is
4595passed before the first regex, then the matching will be performed ignoring
4596the case. In order to match the string "-i", either set it second, or pass
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004597the "--" flag before the first string. Same principle applies of course to
4598match the string "--".
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004599
4600
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020046017.4. Matching IPv4 addresses
4602----------------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004603
4604IPv4 addresses values can be specified either as plain addresses or with a
4605netmask appended, in which case the IPv4 address matches whenever it is
4606within the network. Plain addresses may also be replaced with a resolvable
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01004607host name, but this practice is generally discouraged as it makes it more
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004608difficult to read and debug configurations. If hostnames are used, you should
4609at least ensure that they are present in /etc/hosts so that the configuration
4610does not depend on any random DNS match at the moment the configuration is
4611parsed.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004612
4613
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020046147.5. Available matching criteria
4615--------------------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004616
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020046177.5.1. Matching at Layer 4 and below
4618------------------------------------
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004619
4620A first set of criteria applies to information which does not require any
4621analysis of the request or response contents. Those generally include TCP/IP
4622addresses and ports, as well as internal values independant on the stream.
4623
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004624always_false
4625 This one never matches. All values and flags are ignored. It may be used as
4626 a temporary replacement for another one when adjusting configurations.
4627
4628always_true
4629 This one always matches. All values and flags are ignored. It may be used as
4630 a temporary replacement for another one when adjusting configurations.
4631
4632src <ip_address>
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004633 Applies to the client's IPv4 address. It is usually used to limit access to
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004634 certain resources such as statistics. Note that it is the TCP-level source
4635 address which is used, and not the address of a client behind a proxy.
4636
4637src_port <integer>
4638 Applies to the client's TCP source port. This has a very limited usage.
4639
4640dst <ip_address>
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004641 Applies to the local IPv4 address the client connected to. It can be used to
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004642 switch to a different backend for some alternative addresses.
4643
4644dst_port <integer>
4645 Applies to the local port the client connected to. It can be used to switch
4646 to a different backend for some alternative ports.
4647
4648dst_conn <integer>
4649 Applies to the number of currently established connections on the frontend,
4650 including the one being evaluated. It can be used to either return a sorry
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004651 page before hard-blocking, or to use a specific backend to drain new requests
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004652 when the farm is considered saturated.
4653
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004654nbsrv <integer>
4655nbsrv(backend) <integer>
4656 Returns true when the number of usable servers of either the current backend
4657 or the named backend matches the values or ranges specified. This is used to
4658 switch to an alternate backend when the number of servers is too low to
4659 to handle some load. It is useful to report a failure when combined with
4660 "monitor fail".
4661
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim5051d7b2008-09-04 01:03:03 +08004662connslots <integer>
4663connslots(backend) <integer>
4664 The basic idea here is to be able to measure the number of connection "slots"
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02004665 still available (connection + queue), so that anything beyond that (intended
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim5051d7b2008-09-04 01:03:03 +08004666 usage; see "use_backend" keyword) can be redirected to a different backend.
4667
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02004668 'connslots' = number of available server connection slots, + number of
4669 available server queue slots.
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim5051d7b2008-09-04 01:03:03 +08004670
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02004671 Note that while "dst_conn" may be used, "connslots" comes in especially
4672 useful when you have a case of traffic going to one single ip, splitting into
4673 multiple backends (perhaps using acls to do name-based load balancing) and
4674 you want to be able to differentiate between different backends, and their
4675 available "connslots". Also, whereas "nbsrv" only measures servers that are
4676 actually *down*, this acl is more fine-grained and looks into the number of
4677 available connection slots as well.
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim5051d7b2008-09-04 01:03:03 +08004678
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02004679 OTHER CAVEATS AND NOTES: at this point in time, the code does not take care
4680 of dynamic connections. Also, if any of the server maxconn, or maxqueue is 0,
4681 then this acl clearly does not make sense, in which case the value returned
4682 will be -1.
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim5051d7b2008-09-04 01:03:03 +08004683
Willy Tarreau079ff0a2009-03-05 21:34:28 +01004684fe_sess_rate <integer>
4685fe_sess_rate(frontend) <integer>
4686 Returns true when the session creation rate on the current or the named
4687 frontend matches the specified values or ranges, expressed in new sessions
4688 per second. This is used to limit the connection rate to acceptable ranges in
4689 order to prevent abuse of service at the earliest moment. This can be
4690 combined with layer 4 ACLs in order to force the clients to wait a bit for
4691 the rate to go down below the limit.
4692
4693 Example :
4694 # This frontend limits incoming mails to 10/s with a max of 100
4695 # concurrent connections. We accept any connection below 10/s, and
4696 # force excess clients to wait for 100 ms. Since clients are limited to
4697 # 100 max, there cannot be more than 10 incoming mails per second.
4698 frontend mail
4699 bind :25
4700 mode tcp
4701 maxconn 100
4702 acl too_fast fe_sess_rate ge 10
4703 tcp-request inspect-delay 100ms
4704 tcp-request content accept if ! too_fast
4705 tcp-request content accept if WAIT_END
4706
4707be_sess_rate <integer>
4708be_sess_rate(backend) <integer>
4709 Returns true when the sessions creation rate on the backend matches the
4710 specified values or ranges, in number of new sessions per second. This is
4711 used to switch to an alternate backend when an expensive or fragile one
4712 reaches too high a session rate, or to limite abuse of service (eg. prevent
4713 sucking of an online dictionary).
4714
4715 Example :
4716 # Redirect to an error page if the dictionary is requested too often
4717 backend dynamic
4718 mode http
4719 acl being_scanned be_sess_rate gt 100
4720 redirect location /denied.html if being_scanned
4721
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004722
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020047237.5.2. Matching contents at Layer 4
4724-----------------------------------
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004725
4726A second set of criteria depends on data found in buffers, but which can change
4727during analysis. This requires that some data has been buffered, for instance
4728through TCP request content inspection. Please see the "tcp-request" keyword
4729for more detailed information on the subject.
4730
4731req_len <integer>
4732 Returns true when the lenght of the data in the request buffer matches the
4733 specified range. It is important to understand that this test does not
4734 return false as long as the buffer is changing. This means that a check with
4735 equality to zero will almost always immediately match at the beginning of the
4736 session, while a test for more data will wait for that data to come in and
4737 return false only when haproxy is certain that no more data will come in.
4738 This test was designed to be used with TCP request content inspection.
4739
4740req_ssl_ver <decimal>
4741 Returns true when data in the request buffer look like SSL, with a protocol
4742 version matching the specified range. Both SSLv2 hello messages and SSLv3
4743 messages are supported. The test tries to be strict enough to avoid being
4744 easily fooled. In particular, it waits for as many bytes as announced in the
4745 message header if this header looks valid (bound to the buffer size). Note
4746 that TLSv1 is announced as SSL version 3.1. This test was designed to be used
4747 with TCP request content inspection.
4748
Willy Tarreaub6fb4202008-07-20 11:18:28 +02004749wait_end
4750 Waits for the end of the analysis period to return true. This may be used in
4751 conjunction with content analysis to avoid returning a wrong verdict early.
4752 It may also be used to delay some actions, such as a delayed reject for some
4753 special addresses. Since it either stops the rules evaluation or immediately
4754 returns true, it is recommended to use this acl as the last one in a rule.
4755 Please note that the default ACL "WAIT_END" is always usable without prior
4756 declaration. This test was designed to be used with TCP request content
4757 inspection.
4758
4759 Examples :
4760 # delay every incoming request by 2 seconds
4761 tcp-request inspect-delay 2s
4762 tcp-request content accept if WAIT_END
4763
4764 # don't immediately tell bad guys they are rejected
4765 tcp-request inspect-delay 10s
4766 acl goodguys src 10.0.0.0/24
4767 acl badguys src 10.0.1.0/24
4768 tcp-request content accept if goodguys
4769 tcp-request content reject if badguys WAIT_END
4770 tcp-request content reject
4771
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004772
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020047737.5.3. Matching at Layer 7
4774--------------------------
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004775
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004776A third set of criteria applies to information which can be found at the
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004777application layer (layer 7). Those require that a full HTTP request has been
4778read, and are only evaluated then. They may require slightly more CPU resources
4779than the layer 4 ones, but not much since the request and response are indexed.
4780
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004781method <string>
4782 Applies to the method in the HTTP request, eg: "GET". Some predefined ACL
4783 already check for most common methods.
4784
4785req_ver <string>
4786 Applies to the version string in the HTTP request, eg: "1.0". Some predefined
4787 ACL already check for versions 1.0 and 1.1.
4788
4789path <string>
4790 Returns true when the path part of the request, which starts at the first
4791 slash and ends before the question mark, equals one of the strings. It may be
4792 used to match known files, such as /favicon.ico.
4793
4794path_beg <string>
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004795 Returns true when the path begins with one of the strings. This can be used
4796 to send certain directory names to alternative backends.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004797
4798path_end <string>
4799 Returns true when the path ends with one of the strings. This may be used to
4800 control file name extension.
4801
4802path_sub <string>
4803 Returns true when the path contains one of the strings. It can be used to
4804 detect particular patterns in paths, such as "../" for example. See also
4805 "path_dir".
4806
4807path_dir <string>
4808 Returns true when one of the strings is found isolated or delimited with
4809 slashes in the path. This is used to perform filename or directory name
4810 matching without the risk of wrong match due to colliding prefixes. See also
4811 "url_dir" and "path_sub".
4812
4813path_dom <string>
4814 Returns true when one of the strings is found isolated or delimited with dots
4815 in the path. This may be used to perform domain name matching in proxy
4816 requests. See also "path_sub" and "url_dom".
4817
4818path_reg <regex>
4819 Returns true when the path matches one of the regular expressions. It can be
4820 used any time, but it is important to remember that regex matching is slower
4821 than other methods. See also "url_reg" and all "path_" criteria.
4822
4823url <string>
4824 Applies to the whole URL passed in the request. The only real use is to match
4825 "*", for which there already is a predefined ACL.
4826
4827url_beg <string>
4828 Returns true when the URL begins with one of the strings. This can be used to
4829 check whether a URL begins with a slash or with a protocol scheme.
4830
4831url_end <string>
4832 Returns true when the URL ends with one of the strings. It has very limited
4833 use. "path_end" should be used instead for filename matching.
4834
4835url_sub <string>
4836 Returns true when the URL contains one of the strings. It can be used to
4837 detect particular patterns in query strings for example. See also "path_sub".
4838
4839url_dir <string>
4840 Returns true when one of the strings is found isolated or delimited with
4841 slashes in the URL. This is used to perform filename or directory name
4842 matching without the risk of wrong match due to colliding prefixes. See also
4843 "path_dir" and "url_sub".
4844
4845url_dom <string>
4846 Returns true when one of the strings is found isolated or delimited with dots
4847 in the URL. This is used to perform domain name matching without the risk of
4848 wrong match due to colliding prefixes. See also "url_sub".
4849
4850url_reg <regex>
4851 Returns true when the URL matches one of the regular expressions. It can be
4852 used any time, but it is important to remember that regex matching is slower
4853 than other methods. See also "path_reg" and all "url_" criteria.
4854
Alexandre Cassen5eb1a902007-11-29 15:43:32 +01004855url_ip <ip_address>
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004856 Applies to the IP address specified in the absolute URI in an HTTP request.
4857 It can be used to prevent access to certain resources such as local network.
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01004858 It is useful with option "http_proxy".
Alexandre Cassen5eb1a902007-11-29 15:43:32 +01004859
4860url_port <integer>
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004861 Applies to the port specified in the absolute URI in an HTTP request. It can
4862 be used to prevent access to certain resources. It is useful with option
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01004863 "http_proxy". Note that if the port is not specified in the request, port 80
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004864 is assumed.
Alexandre Cassen5eb1a902007-11-29 15:43:32 +01004865
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004866hdr <string>
4867hdr(header) <string>
4868 Note: all the "hdr*" matching criteria either apply to all headers, or to a
4869 particular header whose name is passed between parenthesis and without any
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004870 space. The header name is not case-sensitive. The header matching complies
4871 with RFC2616, and treats as separate headers all values delimited by commas.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004872
4873 The "hdr" criteria returns true if any of the headers matching the criteria
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004874 match any of the strings. This can be used to check exact for values. For
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004875 instance, checking that "connection: close" is set :
4876
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004877 hdr(Connection) -i close
Willy Tarreau21d2af32008-02-14 20:25:24 +01004878
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004879hdr_beg <string>
4880hdr_beg(header) <string>
4881 Returns true when one of the headers begins with one of the strings. See
4882 "hdr" for more information on header matching.
Willy Tarreau21d2af32008-02-14 20:25:24 +01004883
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004884hdr_end <string>
4885hdr_end(header) <string>
4886 Returns true when one of the headers ends with one of the strings. See "hdr"
4887 for more information on header matching.
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01004888
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004889hdr_sub <string>
4890hdr_sub(header) <string>
4891 Returns true when one of the headers contains one of the strings. See "hdr"
4892 for more information on header matching.
Willy Tarreau5764b382007-11-30 17:46:49 +01004893
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004894hdr_dir <string>
4895hdr_dir(header) <string>
4896 Returns true when one of the headers contains one of the strings either
4897 isolated or delimited by slashes. This is used to perform filename or
4898 directory name matching, and may be used with Referer. See "hdr" for more
4899 information on header matching.
Willy Tarreau5764b382007-11-30 17:46:49 +01004900
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004901hdr_dom <string>
4902hdr_dom(header) <string>
4903 Returns true when one of the headers contains one of the strings either
4904 isolated or delimited by dots. This is used to perform domain name matching,
4905 and may be used with the Host header. See "hdr" for more information on
4906 header matching.
Willy Tarreau5764b382007-11-30 17:46:49 +01004907
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004908hdr_reg <regex>
4909hdr_reg(header) <regex>
4910 Returns true when one of the headers matches of the regular expressions. It
4911 can be used at any time, but it is important to remember that regex matching
4912 is slower than other methods. See also other "hdr_" criteria, as well as
4913 "hdr" for more information on header matching.
Willy Tarreau5764b382007-11-30 17:46:49 +01004914
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004915hdr_val <integer>
4916hdr_val(header) <integer>
4917 Returns true when one of the headers starts with a number which matches the
4918 values or ranges specified. This may be used to limit content-length to
4919 acceptable values for example. See "hdr" for more information on header
4920 matching.
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01004921
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004922hdr_cnt <integer>
4923hdr_cnt(header) <integer>
4924 Returns true when the number of occurrence of the specified header matches
4925 the values or ranges specified. It is important to remember that one header
4926 line may count as several headers if it has several values. This is used to
4927 detect presence, absence or abuse of a specific header, as well as to block
4928 request smugling attacks by rejecting requests which contain more than one
4929 of certain headers. See "hdr" for more information on header matching.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic8b16fc2008-02-18 01:26:35 +01004930
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01004931
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020049327.6. Pre-defined ACLs
4933---------------------
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01004934
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004935Some predefined ACLs are hard-coded so that they do not have to be declared in
4936every frontend which needs them. They all have their names in upper case in
4937order to avoid confusion. Their equivalence is provided below. Please note that
4938only the first three ones are not layer 7 based.
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01004939
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004940ACL name Equivalent to Usage
4941---------------+-----------------------------+---------------------------------
4942TRUE always_true always match
4943FALSE always_false never match
4944LOCALHOST src 127.0.0.1/8 match connection from local host
4945HTTP_1.0 req_ver 1.0 match HTTP version 1.0
4946HTTP_1.1 req_ver 1.1 match HTTP version 1.1
4947METH_CONNECT method CONNECT match HTTP CONNECT method
4948METH_GET method GET HEAD match HTTP GET or HEAD method
4949METH_HEAD method HEAD match HTTP HEAD method
4950METH_OPTIONS method OPTIONS match HTTP OPTIONS method
4951METH_POST method POST match HTTP POST method
4952METH_TRACE method TRACE match HTTP TRACE method
4953HTTP_URL_ABS url_reg ^[^/:]*:// match absolute URL with scheme
4954HTTP_URL_SLASH url_beg / match URL begining with "/"
4955HTTP_URL_STAR url * match URL equal to "*"
4956HTTP_CONTENT hdr_val(content-length) gt 0 match an existing content-length
4957REQ_CONTENT req_len gt 0 match data in the request buffer
4958WAIT_END wait_end wait for end of content analysis
4959---------------+-----------------------------+---------------------------------
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01004960
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01004961
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020049627.7. Using ACLs to form conditions
4963----------------------------------
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01004964
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004965Some actions are only performed upon a valid condition. A condition is a
4966combination of ACLs with operators. 3 operators are supported :
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01004967
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004968 - AND (implicit)
4969 - OR (explicit with the "or" keyword or the "||" operator)
4970 - Negation with the exclamation mark ("!")
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01004971
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004972A condition is formed as a disjonctive form :
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01004973
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004974 [!]acl1 [!]acl2 ... [!]acln { or [!]acl1 [!]acl2 ... [!]acln } ...
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01004975
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004976Such conditions are generally used after an "if" or "unless" statement,
4977indicating when the condition will trigger the action.
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01004978
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004979For instance, to block HTTP requests to the "*" URL with methods other than
4980"OPTIONS", as well as POST requests without content-length, and GET or HEAD
4981requests with a content-length greater than 0, and finally every request which
4982is not either GET/HEAD/POST/OPTIONS !
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01004983
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004984 acl missing_cl hdr_cnt(Content-length) eq 0
4985 block if HTTP_URL_STAR !METH_OPTIONS || METH_POST missing_cl
4986 block if METH_GET HTTP_CONTENT
4987 block unless METH_GET or METH_POST or METH_OPTIONS
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01004988
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004989To select a different backend for requests to static contents on the "www" site
4990and to every request on the "img", "video", "download" and "ftp" hosts :
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01004991
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004992 acl url_static path_beg /static /images /img /css
4993 acl url_static path_end .gif .png .jpg .css .js
4994 acl host_www hdr_beg(host) -i www
4995 acl host_static hdr_beg(host) -i img. video. download. ftp.
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01004996
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004997 # now use backend "static" for all static-only hosts, and for static urls
4998 # of host "www". Use backend "www" for the rest.
4999 use_backend static if host_static or host_www url_static
5000 use_backend www if host_www
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005001
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005002See section 4.2 for detailed help on the "block" and "use_backend" keywords.
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005003
Willy Tarreau5764b382007-11-30 17:46:49 +01005004
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020050058. Logging
5006----------
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01005007
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005008One of HAProxy's strong points certainly lies is its precise logs. It probably
5009provides the finest level of information available for such a product, which is
5010very important for troubleshooting complex environments. Standard information
5011provided in logs include client ports, TCP/HTTP state timers, precise session
5012state at termination and precise termination cause, information about decisions
5013to direct trafic to a server, and of course the ability to capture arbitrary
5014headers.
5015
5016In order to improve administrators reactivity, it offers a great transparency
5017about encountered problems, both internal and external, and it is possible to
5018send logs to different sources at the same time with different level filters :
5019
5020 - global process-level logs (system errors, start/stop, etc..)
5021 - per-instance system and internal errors (lack of resource, bugs, ...)
5022 - per-instance external troubles (servers up/down, max connections)
5023 - per-instance activity (client connections), either at the establishment or
5024 at the termination.
5025
5026The ability to distribute different levels of logs to different log servers
5027allow several production teams to interact and to fix their problems as soon
5028as possible. For example, the system team might monitor system-wide errors,
5029while the application team might be monitoring the up/down for their servers in
5030real time, and the security team might analyze the activity logs with one hour
5031delay.
5032
5033
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020050348.1. Log levels
5035---------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005036
5037TCP and HTTP connections can be logged with informations such as date, time,
5038source IP address, destination address, connection duration, response times,
5039HTTP request, the HTTP return code, number of bytes transmitted, the conditions
5040in which the session ended, and even exchanged cookies values, to track a
5041particular user's problems for example. All messages are sent to up to two
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005042syslog servers. Check the "log" keyword in section 4.2 for more info about log
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005043facilities.
5044
5045
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020050468.2. Log formats
5047----------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005048
5049HAProxy supports 3 log formats. Several fields are common between these formats
5050and will be detailed in the next sections. A few of them may slightly vary with
5051the configuration, due to indicators specific to certain options. The supported
5052formats are the following ones :
5053
5054 - the default format, which is very basic and very rarely used. It only
5055 provides very basic information about the incoming connection at the moment
5056 it is accepted : source IP:port, destination IP:port, and frontend-name.
5057 This mode will eventually disappear so it will not be described to great
5058 extents.
5059
5060 - the TCP format, which is more advanced. This format is enabled when "option
5061 tcplog" is set on the frontend. HAProxy will then usually wait for the
5062 connection to terminate before logging. This format provides much richer
5063 information, such as timers, connection counts, queue size, etc... This
5064 format is recommended for pure TCP proxies.
5065
5066 - the HTTP format, which is the most advanced for HTTP proxying. This format
5067 is enabled when "option httplog" is set on the frontend. It provides the
5068 same information as the TCP format with some HTTP-specific fields such as
5069 the request, the status code, and captures of headers and cookies. This
5070 format is recommended for HTTP proxies.
5071
5072Next sections will go deeper into details for each of these formats. Format
5073specification will be performed on a "field" basis. Unless stated otherwise, a
5074field is a portion of text delimited by any number of spaces. Since syslog
5075servers are susceptible of inserting fields at the beginning of a line, it is
5076always assumed that the first field is the one containing the process name and
5077identifier.
5078
5079Note : Since log lines may be quite long, the log examples in sections below
5080 might be broken into multiple lines. The example log lines will be
5081 prefixed with 3 closing angle brackets ('>>>') and each time a log is
5082 broken into multiple lines, each non-final line will end with a
5083 backslash ('\') and the next line will start indented by two characters.
5084
5085
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020050868.2.1. Default log format
5087-------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005088
5089This format is used when no specific option is set. The log is emitted as soon
5090as the connection is accepted. One should note that this currently is the only
5091format which logs the request's destination IP and ports.
5092
5093 Example :
5094 listen www
5095 mode http
5096 log global
5097 server srv1 127.0.0.1:8000
5098
5099 >>> Feb 6 12:12:09 localhost \
5100 haproxy[14385]: Connect from 10.0.1.2:33312 to 10.0.3.31:8012 \
5101 (www/HTTP)
5102
5103 Field Format Extract from the example above
5104 1 process_name '[' pid ']:' haproxy[14385]:
5105 2 'Connect from' Connect from
5106 3 source_ip ':' source_port 10.0.1.2:33312
5107 4 'to' to
5108 5 destination_ip ':' destination_port 10.0.3.31:8012
5109 6 '(' frontend_name '/' mode ')' (www/HTTP)
5110
5111Detailed fields description :
5112 - "source_ip" is the IP address of the client which initiated the connection.
5113 - "source_port" is the TCP port of the client which initiated the connection.
5114 - "destination_ip" is the IP address the client connected to.
5115 - "destination_port" is the TCP port the client connected to.
5116 - "frontend_name" is the name of the frontend (or listener) which received
5117 and processed the connection.
5118 - "mode is the mode the frontend is operating (TCP or HTTP).
5119
5120It is advised not to use this deprecated format for newer installations as it
5121will eventually disappear.
5122
5123
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020051248.2.2. TCP log format
5125---------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005126
5127The TCP format is used when "option tcplog" is specified in the frontend, and
5128is the recommended format for pure TCP proxies. It provides a lot of precious
5129information for troubleshooting. Since this format includes timers and byte
5130counts, the log is normally emitted at the end of the session. It can be
5131emitted earlier if "option logasap" is specified, which makes sense in most
5132environments with long sessions such as remote terminals. Sessions which match
5133the "monitor" rules are never logged. It is also possible not to emit logs for
5134sessions for which no data were exchanged between the client and the server, by
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02005135specifying "option dontlognull" in the frontend. Successful connections will
5136not be logged if "option dontlog-normal" is specified in the frontend. A few
5137fields may slightly vary depending on some configuration options, those are
5138marked with a star ('*') after the field name below.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005139
5140 Example :
5141 frontend fnt
5142 mode tcp
5143 option tcplog
5144 log global
5145 default_backend bck
5146
5147 backend bck
5148 server srv1 127.0.0.1:8000
5149
5150 >>> Feb 6 12:12:56 localhost \
5151 haproxy[14387]: 10.0.1.2:33313 [06/Feb/2009:12:12:51.443] fnt \
5152 bck/srv1 0/0/5007 212 -- 0/0/0/0/3 0/0
5153
5154 Field Format Extract from the example above
5155 1 process_name '[' pid ']:' haproxy[14387]:
5156 2 client_ip ':' client_port 10.0.1.2:33313
5157 3 '[' accept_date ']' [06/Feb/2009:12:12:51.443]
5158 4 frontend_name fnt
5159 5 backend_name '/' server_name bck/srv1
5160 6 Tw '/' Tc '/' Tt* 0/0/5007
5161 7 bytes_read* 212
5162 8 termination_state --
5163 9 actconn '/' feconn '/' beconn '/' srv_conn '/' retries* 0/0/0/0/3
5164 10 srv_queue '/' backend_queue 0/0
5165
5166Detailed fields description :
5167 - "client_ip" is the IP address of the client which initiated the TCP
5168 connection to haproxy.
5169
5170 - "client_port" is the TCP port of the client which initiated the connection.
5171
5172 - "accept_date" is the exact date when the connection was received by haproxy
5173 (which might be very slightly different from the date observed on the
5174 network if there was some queuing in the system's backlog). This is usually
5175 the same date which may appear in any upstream firewall's log.
5176
5177 - "frontend_name" is the name of the frontend (or listener) which received
5178 and processed the connection.
5179
5180 - "backend_name" is the name of the backend (or listener) which was selected
5181 to manage the connection to the server. This will be the same as the
5182 frontend if no switching rule has been applied, which is common for TCP
5183 applications.
5184
5185 - "server_name" is the name of the last server to which the connection was
5186 sent, which might differ from the first one if there were connection errors
5187 and a redispatch occurred. Note that this server belongs to the backend
5188 which processed the request. If the connection was aborted before reaching
5189 a server, "<NOSRV>" is indicated instead of a server name.
5190
5191 - "Tw" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting in the various queues.
5192 It can be "-1" if the connection was aborted before reaching the queue.
5193 See "Timers" below for more details.
5194
5195 - "Tc" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting for the connection to
5196 establish to the final server, including retries. It can be "-1" if the
5197 connection was aborted before a connection could be established. See
5198 "Timers" below for more details.
5199
5200 - "Tt" is the total time in milliseconds elapsed between the accept and the
5201 last close. It covers all possible processings. There is one exception, if
5202 "option logasap" was specified, then the time counting stops at the moment
5203 the log is emitted. In this case, a '+' sign is prepended before the value,
5204 indicating that the final one will be larger. See "Timers" below for more
5205 details.
5206
5207 - "bytes_read" is the total number of bytes transmitted from the server to
5208 the client when the log is emitted. If "option logasap" is specified, the
5209 this value will be prefixed with a '+' sign indicating that the final one
5210 may be larger. Please note that this value is a 64-bit counter, so log
5211 analysis tools must be able to handle it without overflowing.
5212
5213 - "termination_state" is the condition the session was in when the session
5214 ended. This indicates the session state, which side caused the end of
5215 session to happen, and for what reason (timeout, error, ...). The normal
5216 flags should be "--", indicating the session was closed by either end with
5217 no data remaining in buffers. See below "Session state at disconnection"
5218 for more details.
5219
5220 - "actconn" is the total number of concurrent connections on the process when
5221 the session was logged. It it useful to detect when some per-process system
5222 limits have been reached. For instance, if actconn is close to 512 when
5223 multiple connection errors occur, chances are high that the system limits
5224 the process to use a maximum of 1024 file descriptors and that all of them
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005225 are used. See section 3 "Global parameters" to find how to tune the system.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005226
5227 - "feconn" is the total number of concurrent connections on the frontend when
5228 the session was logged. It is useful to estimate the amount of resource
5229 required to sustain high loads, and to detect when the frontend's "maxconn"
5230 has been reached. Most often when this value increases by huge jumps, it is
5231 because there is congestion on the backend servers, but sometimes it can be
5232 caused by a denial of service attack.
5233
5234 - "beconn" is the total number of concurrent connections handled by the
5235 backend when the session was logged. It includes the total number of
5236 concurrent connections active on servers as well as the number of
5237 connections pending in queues. It is useful to estimate the amount of
5238 additional servers needed to support high loads for a given application.
5239 Most often when this value increases by huge jumps, it is because there is
5240 congestion on the backend servers, but sometimes it can be caused by a
5241 denial of service attack.
5242
5243 - "srv_conn" is the total number of concurrent connections still active on
5244 the server when the session was logged. It can never exceed the server's
5245 configured "maxconn" parameter. If this value is very often close or equal
5246 to the server's "maxconn", it means that traffic regulation is involved a
5247 lot, meaning that either the server's maxconn value is too low, or that
5248 there aren't enough servers to process the load with an optimal response
5249 time. When only one of the server's "srv_conn" is high, it usually means
5250 that this server has some trouble causing the connections to take longer to
5251 be processed than on other servers.
5252
5253 - "retries" is the number of connection retries experienced by this session
5254 when trying to connect to the server. It must normally be zero, unless a
5255 server is being stopped at the same moment the connection was attempted.
5256 Frequent retries generally indicate either a network problem between
5257 haproxy and the server, or a misconfigured system backlog on the server
5258 preventing new connections from being queued. This field may optionally be
5259 prefixed with a '+' sign, indicating that the session has experienced a
5260 redispatch after the maximal retry count has been reached on the initial
5261 server. In this case, the server name appearing in the log is the one the
5262 connection was redispatched to, and not the first one, though both may
5263 sometimes be the same in case of hashing for instance. So as a general rule
5264 of thumb, when a '+' is present in front of the retry count, this count
5265 should not be attributed to the logged server.
5266
5267 - "srv_queue" is the total number of requests which were processed before
5268 this one in the server queue. It is zero when the request has not gone
5269 through the server queue. It makes it possible to estimate the approximate
5270 server's response time by dividing the time spent in queue by the number of
5271 requests in the queue. It is worth noting that if a session experiences a
5272 redispatch and passes through two server queues, their positions will be
5273 cumulated. A request should not pass through both the server queue and the
5274 backend queue unless a redispatch occurs.
5275
5276 - "backend_queue" is the total number of requests which were processed before
5277 this one in the backend's global queue. It is zero when the request has not
5278 gone through the global queue. It makes it possible to estimate the average
5279 queue length, which easily translates into a number of missing servers when
5280 divided by a server's "maxconn" parameter. It is worth noting that if a
5281 session experiences a redispatch, it may pass twice in the backend's queue,
5282 and then both positions will be cumulated. A request should not pass
5283 through both the server queue and the backend queue unless a redispatch
5284 occurs.
5285
5286
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020052878.2.3. HTTP log format
5288----------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005289
5290The HTTP format is the most complete and the best suited for HTTP proxies. It
5291is enabled by when "option httplog" is specified in the frontend. It provides
5292the same level of information as the TCP format with additional features which
5293are specific to the HTTP protocol. Just like the TCP format, the log is usually
5294emitted at the end of the session, unless "option logasap" is specified, which
5295generally only makes sense for download sites. A session which matches the
5296"monitor" rules will never logged. It is also possible not to log sessions for
5297which no data were sent by the client by specifying "option dontlognull" in the
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02005298frontend. Successful connections will not be logged if "option dontlog-normal"
5299is specified in the frontend.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005300
5301Most fields are shared with the TCP log, some being different. A few fields may
5302slightly vary depending on some configuration options. Those ones are marked
5303with a star ('*') after the field name below.
5304
5305 Example :
5306 frontend http-in
5307 mode http
5308 option httplog
5309 log global
5310 default_backend bck
5311
5312 backend static
5313 server srv1 127.0.0.1:8000
5314
5315 >>> Feb 6 12:14:14 localhost \
5316 haproxy[14389]: 10.0.1.2:33317 [06/Feb/2009:12:14:14.655] http-in \
5317 static/srv1 10/0/30/69/109 200 2750 - - ---- 1/1/1/1/0 0/0 {1wt.eu} \
5318 {} "GET /index.html HTTP/1.1"
5319
5320 Field Format Extract from the example above
5321 1 process_name '[' pid ']:' haproxy[14389]:
5322 2 client_ip ':' client_port 10.0.1.2:33317
5323 3 '[' accept_date ']' [06/Feb/2009:12:14:14.655]
5324 4 frontend_name http-in
5325 5 backend_name '/' server_name static/srv1
5326 6 Tq '/' Tw '/' Tc '/' Tr '/' Tt* 10/0/30/69/109
5327 7 status_code 200
5328 8 bytes_read* 2750
5329 9 captured_request_cookie -
5330 10 captured_response_cookie -
5331 11 termination_state ----
5332 12 actconn '/' feconn '/' beconn '/' srv_conn '/' retries* 1/1/1/1/0
5333 13 srv_queue '/' backend_queue 0/0
5334 14 '{' captured_request_headers* '}' {haproxy.1wt.eu}
5335 15 '{' captured_response_headers* '}' {}
5336 16 '"' http_request '"' "GET /index.html HTTP/1.1"
5337
5338
5339Detailed fields description :
5340 - "client_ip" is the IP address of the client which initiated the TCP
5341 connection to haproxy.
5342
5343 - "client_port" is the TCP port of the client which initiated the connection.
5344
5345 - "accept_date" is the exact date when the TCP connection was received by
5346 haproxy (which might be very slightly different from the date observed on
5347 the network if there was some queuing in the system's backlog). This is
5348 usually the same date which may appear in any upstream firewall's log. This
5349 does not depend on the fact that the client has sent the request or not.
5350
5351 - "frontend_name" is the name of the frontend (or listener) which received
5352 and processed the connection.
5353
5354 - "backend_name" is the name of the backend (or listener) which was selected
5355 to manage the connection to the server. This will be the same as the
5356 frontend if no switching rule has been applied.
5357
5358 - "server_name" is the name of the last server to which the connection was
5359 sent, which might differ from the first one if there were connection errors
5360 and a redispatch occurred. Note that this server belongs to the backend
5361 which processed the request. If the request was aborted before reaching a
5362 server, "<NOSRV>" is indicated instead of a server name. If the request was
5363 intercepted by the stats subsystem, "<STATS>" is indicated instead.
5364
5365 - "Tq" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting for the client to send
5366 a full HTTP request, not counting data. It can be "-1" if the connection
5367 was aborted before a complete request could be received. It should always
5368 be very small because a request generally fits in one single packet. Large
5369 times here generally indicate network trouble between the client and
5370 haproxy. See "Timers" below for more details.
5371
5372 - "Tw" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting in the various queues.
5373 It can be "-1" if the connection was aborted before reaching the queue.
5374 See "Timers" below for more details.
5375
5376 - "Tc" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting for the connection to
5377 establish to the final server, including retries. It can be "-1" if the
5378 request was aborted before a connection could be established. See "Timers"
5379 below for more details.
5380
5381 - "Tr" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting for the server to send
5382 a full HTTP response, not counting data. It can be "-1" if the request was
5383 aborted before a complete response could be received. It generally matches
5384 the server's processing time for the request, though it may be altered by
5385 the amount of data sent by the client to the server. Large times here on
5386 "GET" requests generally indicate an overloaded server. See "Timers" below
5387 for more details.
5388
5389 - "Tt" is the total time in milliseconds elapsed between the accept and the
5390 last close. It covers all possible processings. There is one exception, if
5391 "option logasap" was specified, then the time counting stops at the moment
5392 the log is emitted. In this case, a '+' sign is prepended before the value,
5393 indicating that the final one will be larger. See "Timers" below for more
5394 details.
5395
5396 - "status_code" is the HTTP status code returned to the client. This status
5397 is generally set by the server, but it might also be set by haproxy when
5398 the server cannot be reached or when its response is blocked by haproxy.
5399
5400 - "bytes_read" is the total number of bytes transmitted to the client when
5401 the log is emitted. This does include HTTP headers. If "option logasap" is
5402 specified, the this value will be prefixed with a '+' sign indicating that
5403 the final one may be larger. Please note that this value is a 64-bit
5404 counter, so log analysis tools must be able to handle it without
5405 overflowing.
5406
5407 - "captured_request_cookie" is an optional "name=value" entry indicating that
5408 the client had this cookie in the request. The cookie name and its maximum
5409 length are defined by the "capture cookie" statement in the frontend
5410 configuration. The field is a single dash ('-') when the option is not
5411 set. Only one cookie may be captured, it is generally used to track session
5412 ID exchanges between a client and a server to detect session crossing
5413 between clients due to application bugs. For more details, please consult
5414 the section "Capturing HTTP headers and cookies" below.
5415
5416 - "captured_response_cookie" is an optional "name=value" entry indicating
5417 that the server has returned a cookie with its response. The cookie name
5418 and its maximum length are defined by the "capture cookie" statement in the
5419 frontend configuration. The field is a single dash ('-') when the option is
5420 not set. Only one cookie may be captured, it is generally used to track
5421 session ID exchanges between a client and a server to detect session
5422 crossing between clients due to application bugs. For more details, please
5423 consult the section "Capturing HTTP headers and cookies" below.
5424
5425 - "termination_state" is the condition the session was in when the session
5426 ended. This indicates the session state, which side caused the end of
5427 session to happen, for what reason (timeout, error, ...), just like in TCP
5428 logs, and information about persistence operations on cookies in the last
5429 two characters. The normal flags should begin with "--", indicating the
5430 session was closed by either end with no data remaining in buffers. See
5431 below "Session state at disconnection" for more details.
5432
5433 - "actconn" is the total number of concurrent connections on the process when
5434 the session was logged. It it useful to detect when some per-process system
5435 limits have been reached. For instance, if actconn is close to 512 or 1024
5436 when multiple connection errors occur, chances are high that the system
5437 limits the process to use a maximum of 1024 file descriptors and that all
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005438 of them are used. See section 3 "Global parameters" to find how to tune the
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005439 system.
5440
5441 - "feconn" is the total number of concurrent connections on the frontend when
5442 the session was logged. It is useful to estimate the amount of resource
5443 required to sustain high loads, and to detect when the frontend's "maxconn"
5444 has been reached. Most often when this value increases by huge jumps, it is
5445 because there is congestion on the backend servers, but sometimes it can be
5446 caused by a denial of service attack.
5447
5448 - "beconn" is the total number of concurrent connections handled by the
5449 backend when the session was logged. It includes the total number of
5450 concurrent connections active on servers as well as the number of
5451 connections pending in queues. It is useful to estimate the amount of
5452 additional servers needed to support high loads for a given application.
5453 Most often when this value increases by huge jumps, it is because there is
5454 congestion on the backend servers, but sometimes it can be caused by a
5455 denial of service attack.
5456
5457 - "srv_conn" is the total number of concurrent connections still active on
5458 the server when the session was logged. It can never exceed the server's
5459 configured "maxconn" parameter. If this value is very often close or equal
5460 to the server's "maxconn", it means that traffic regulation is involved a
5461 lot, meaning that either the server's maxconn value is too low, or that
5462 there aren't enough servers to process the load with an optimal response
5463 time. When only one of the server's "srv_conn" is high, it usually means
5464 that this server has some trouble causing the requests to take longer to be
5465 processed than on other servers.
5466
5467 - "retries" is the number of connection retries experienced by this session
5468 when trying to connect to the server. It must normally be zero, unless a
5469 server is being stopped at the same moment the connection was attempted.
5470 Frequent retries generally indicate either a network problem between
5471 haproxy and the server, or a misconfigured system backlog on the server
5472 preventing new connections from being queued. This field may optionally be
5473 prefixed with a '+' sign, indicating that the session has experienced a
5474 redispatch after the maximal retry count has been reached on the initial
5475 server. In this case, the server name appearing in the log is the one the
5476 connection was redispatched to, and not the first one, though both may
5477 sometimes be the same in case of hashing for instance. So as a general rule
5478 of thumb, when a '+' is present in front of the retry count, this count
5479 should not be attributed to the logged server.
5480
5481 - "srv_queue" is the total number of requests which were processed before
5482 this one in the server queue. It is zero when the request has not gone
5483 through the server queue. It makes it possible to estimate the approximate
5484 server's response time by dividing the time spent in queue by the number of
5485 requests in the queue. It is worth noting that if a session experiences a
5486 redispatch and passes through two server queues, their positions will be
5487 cumulated. A request should not pass through both the server queue and the
5488 backend queue unless a redispatch occurs.
5489
5490 - "backend_queue" is the total number of requests which were processed before
5491 this one in the backend's global queue. It is zero when the request has not
5492 gone through the global queue. It makes it possible to estimate the average
5493 queue length, which easily translates into a number of missing servers when
5494 divided by a server's "maxconn" parameter. It is worth noting that if a
5495 session experiences a redispatch, it may pass twice in the backend's queue,
5496 and then both positions will be cumulated. A request should not pass
5497 through both the server queue and the backend queue unless a redispatch
5498 occurs.
5499
5500 - "captured_request_headers" is a list of headers captured in the request due
5501 to the presence of the "capture request header" statement in the frontend.
5502 Multiple headers can be captured, they will be delimited by a vertical bar
5503 ('|'). When no capture is enabled, the braces do not appear, causing a
5504 shift of remaining fields. It is important to note that this field may
5505 contain spaces, and that using it requires a smarter log parser than when
5506 it's not used. Please consult the section "Capturing HTTP headers and
5507 cookies" below for more details.
5508
5509 - "captured_response_headers" is a list of headers captured in the response
5510 due to the presence of the "capture response header" statement in the
5511 frontend. Multiple headers can be captured, they will be delimited by a
5512 vertical bar ('|'). When no capture is enabled, the braces do not appear,
5513 causing a shift of remaining fields. It is important to note that this
5514 field may contain spaces, and that using it requires a smarter log parser
5515 than when it's not used. Please consult the section "Capturing HTTP headers
5516 and cookies" below for more details.
5517
5518 - "http_request" is the complete HTTP request line, including the method,
5519 request and HTTP version string. Non-printable characters are encoded (see
5520 below the section "Non-printable characters"). This is always the last
5521 field, and it is always delimited by quotes and is the only one which can
5522 contain quotes. If new fields are added to the log format, they will be
5523 added before this field. This field might be truncated if the request is
5524 huge and does not fit in the standard syslog buffer (1024 characters). This
5525 is the reason why this field must always remain the last one.
5526
5527
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020055288.3. Advanced logging options
5529-----------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005530
5531Some advanced logging options are often looked for but are not easy to find out
5532just by looking at the various options. Here is an entry point for the few
5533options which can enable better logging. Please refer to the keywords reference
5534for more information about their usage.
5535
5536
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020055378.3.1. Disabling logging of external tests
5538------------------------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005539
5540It is quite common to have some monitoring tools perform health checks on
5541haproxy. Sometimes it will be a layer 3 load-balancer such as LVS or any
5542commercial load-balancer, and sometimes it will simply be a more complete
5543monitoring system such as Nagios. When the tests are very frequent, users often
5544ask how to disable logging for those checks. There are three possibilities :
5545
5546 - if connections come from everywhere and are just TCP probes, it is often
5547 desired to simply disable logging of connections without data exchange, by
5548 setting "option dontlognull" in the frontend. It also disables logging of
5549 port scans, which may or may not be desired.
5550
5551 - if the connection come from a known source network, use "monitor-net" to
5552 declare this network as monitoring only. Any host in this network will then
5553 only be able to perform health checks, and their requests will not be
5554 logged. This is generally appropriate to designate a list of equipments
5555 such as other load-balancers.
5556
5557 - if the tests are performed on a known URI, use "monitor-uri" to declare
5558 this URI as dedicated to monitoring. Any host sending this request will
5559 only get the result of a health-check, and the request will not be logged.
5560
5561
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020055628.3.2. Logging before waiting for the session to terminate
5563----------------------------------------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005564
5565The problem with logging at end of connection is that you have no clue about
5566what is happening during very long sessions, such as remote terminal sessions
5567or large file downloads. This problem can be worked around by specifying
5568"option logasap" in the frontend. Haproxy will then log as soon as possible,
5569just before data transfer begins. This means that in case of TCP, it will still
5570log the connection status to the server, and in case of HTTP, it will log just
5571after processing the server headers. In this case, the number of bytes reported
5572is the number of header bytes sent to the client. In order to avoid confusion
5573with normal logs, the total time field and the number of bytes are prefixed
5574with a '+' sign which means that real numbers are certainly larger.
5575
5576
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020055778.3.3. Raising log level upon errors
5578------------------------------------
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02005579
5580Sometimes it is more convenient to separate normal traffic from errors logs,
5581for instance in order to ease error monitoring from log files. When the option
5582"log-separate-errors" is used, connections which experience errors, timeouts,
5583retries, redispatches or HTTP status codes 5xx will see their syslog level
5584raised from "info" to "err". This will help a syslog daemon store the log in
5585a separate file. It is very important to keep the errors in the normal traffic
5586file too, so that log ordering is not altered. You should also be careful if
5587you already have configured your syslog daemon to store all logs higher than
5588"notice" in an "admin" file, because the "err" level is higher than "notice".
5589
5590
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020055918.3.4. Disabling logging of successful connections
5592--------------------------------------------------
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02005593
5594Although this may sound strange at first, some large sites have to deal with
5595multiple thousands of logs per second and are experiencing difficulties keeping
5596them intact for a long time or detecting errors within them. If the option
5597"dontlog-normal" is set on the frontend, all normal connections will not be
5598logged. In this regard, a normal connection is defined as one without any
5599error, timeout, retry nor redispatch. In HTTP, the status code is checked too,
5600and a response with a status 5xx is not considered normal and will be logged
5601too. Of course, doing is is really discouraged as it will remove most of the
5602useful information from the logs. Do this only if you have no other
5603alternative.
5604
5605
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020056068.4. Timing events
5607------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005608
5609Timers provide a great help in troubleshooting network problems. All values are
5610reported in milliseconds (ms). These timers should be used in conjunction with
5611the session termination flags. In TCP mode with "option tcplog" set on the
5612frontend, 3 control points are reported under the form "Tw/Tc/Tt", and in HTTP
5613mode, 5 control points are reported under the form "Tq/Tw/Tc/Tr/Tt" :
5614
5615 - Tq: total time to get the client request (HTTP mode only). It's the time
5616 elapsed between the moment the client connection was accepted and the
5617 moment the proxy received the last HTTP header. The value "-1" indicates
5618 that the end of headers (empty line) has never been seen. This happens when
5619 the client closes prematurely or times out.
5620
5621 - Tw: total time spent in the queues waiting for a connection slot. It
5622 accounts for backend queue as well as the server queues, and depends on the
5623 queue size, and the time needed for the server to complete previous
5624 requests. The value "-1" means that the request was killed before reaching
5625 the queue, which is generally what happens with invalid or denied requests.
5626
5627 - Tc: total time to establish the TCP connection to the server. It's the time
5628 elapsed between the moment the proxy sent the connection request, and the
5629 moment it was acknowledged by the server, or between the TCP SYN packet and
5630 the matching SYN/ACK packet in return. The value "-1" means that the
5631 connection never established.
5632
5633 - Tr: server response time (HTTP mode only). It's the time elapsed between
5634 the moment the TCP connection was established to the server and the moment
5635 the server sent its complete response headers. It purely shows its request
5636 processing time, without the network overhead due to the data transmission.
5637 It is worth noting that when the client has data to send to the server, for
5638 instance during a POST request, the time already runs, and this can distort
5639 apparent response time. For this reason, it's generally wise not to trust
5640 too much this field for POST requests initiated from clients behind an
5641 untrusted network. A value of "-1" here means that the last the response
5642 header (empty line) was never seen, most likely because the server timeout
5643 stroke before the server managed to process the request.
5644
5645 - Tt: total session duration time, between the moment the proxy accepted it
5646 and the moment both ends were closed. The exception is when the "logasap"
5647 option is specified. In this case, it only equals (Tq+Tw+Tc+Tr), and is
5648 prefixed with a '+' sign. From this field, we can deduce "Td", the data
5649 transmission time, by substracting other timers when valid :
5650
5651 Td = Tt - (Tq + Tw + Tc + Tr)
5652
5653 Timers with "-1" values have to be excluded from this equation. In TCP
5654 mode, "Tq" and "Tr" have to be excluded too. Note that "Tt" can never be
5655 negative.
5656
5657These timers provide precious indications on trouble causes. Since the TCP
5658protocol defines retransmit delays of 3, 6, 12... seconds, we know for sure
5659that timers close to multiples of 3s are nearly always related to lost packets
5660due to network problems (wires, negociation, congestion). Moreover, if "Tt" is
5661close to a timeout value specified in the configuration, it often means that a
5662session has been aborted on timeout.
5663
5664Most common cases :
5665
5666 - If "Tq" is close to 3000, a packet has probably been lost between the
5667 client and the proxy. This is very rare on local networks but might happen
5668 when clients are on far remote networks and send large requests. It may
5669 happen that values larger than usual appear here without any network cause.
5670 Sometimes, during an attack or just after a resource starvation has ended,
5671 haproxy may accept thousands of connections in a few milliseconds. The time
5672 spent accepting these connections will inevitably slightly delay processing
5673 of other connections, and it can happen that request times in the order of
5674 a few tens of milliseconds are measured after a few thousands of new
5675 connections have been accepted at once.
5676
5677 - If "Tc" is close to 3000, a packet has probably been lost between the
5678 server and the proxy during the server connection phase. This value should
5679 always be very low, such as 1 ms on local networks and less than a few tens
5680 of ms on remote networks.
5681
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02005682 - If "Tr" is nearly always lower than 3000 except some rare values which seem
5683 to be the average majored by 3000, there are probably some packets lost
5684 between the proxy and the server.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005685
5686 - If "Tt" is large even for small byte counts, it generally is because
5687 neither the client nor the server decides to close the connection, for
5688 instance because both have agreed on a keep-alive connection mode. In order
5689 to solve this issue, it will be needed to specify "option httpclose" on
5690 either the frontend or the backend. If the problem persists, it means that
5691 the server ignores the "close" connection mode and expects the client to
5692 close. Then it will be required to use "option forceclose". Having the
5693 smallest possible 'Tt' is important when connection regulation is used with
5694 the "maxconn" option on the servers, since no new connection will be sent
5695 to the server until another one is released.
5696
5697Other noticeable HTTP log cases ('xx' means any value to be ignored) :
5698
5699 Tq/Tw/Tc/Tr/+Tt The "option logasap" is present on the frontend and the log
5700 was emitted before the data phase. All the timers are valid
5701 except "Tt" which is shorter than reality.
5702
5703 -1/xx/xx/xx/Tt The client was not able to send a complete request in time
5704 or it aborted too early. Check the session termination flags
5705 then "timeout http-request" and "timeout client" settings.
5706
5707 Tq/-1/xx/xx/Tt It was not possible to process the request, maybe because
5708 servers were out of order, because the request was invalid
5709 or forbidden by ACL rules. Check the session termination
5710 flags.
5711
5712 Tq/Tw/-1/xx/Tt The connection could not establish on the server. Either it
5713 actively refused it or it timed out after Tt-(Tq+Tw) ms.
5714 Check the session termination flags, then check the
5715 "timeout connect" setting. Note that the tarpit action might
5716 return similar-looking patterns, with "Tw" equal to the time
5717 the client connection was maintained open.
5718
5719 Tq/Tw/Tc/-1/Tt The server has accepted the connection but did not return
5720 a complete response in time, or it closed its connexion
5721 unexpectedly after Tt-(Tq+Tw+Tc) ms. Check the session
5722 termination flags, then check the "timeout server" setting.
5723
5724
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020057258.5. Session state at disconnection
5726-----------------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005727
5728TCP and HTTP logs provide a session termination indicator in the
5729"termination_state" field, just before the number of active connections. It is
57302-characters long in TCP mode, and is extended to 4 characters in HTTP mode,
5731each of which has a special meaning :
5732
5733 - On the first character, a code reporting the first event which caused the
5734 session to terminate :
5735
5736 C : the TCP session was unexpectedly aborted by the client.
5737
5738 S : the TCP session was unexpectedly aborted by the server, or the
5739 server explicitly refused it.
5740
5741 P : the session was prematurely aborted by the proxy, because of a
5742 connection limit enforcement, because a DENY filter was matched,
5743 because of a security check which detected and blocked a dangerous
5744 error in server response which might have caused information leak
5745 (eg: cacheable cookie), or because the response was processed by
5746 the proxy (redirect, stats, etc...).
5747
5748 R : a resource on the proxy has been exhausted (memory, sockets, source
5749 ports, ...). Usually, this appears during the connection phase, and
5750 system logs should contain a copy of the precise error. If this
5751 happens, it must be considered as a very serious anomaly which
5752 should be fixed as soon as possible by any means.
5753
5754 I : an internal error was identified by the proxy during a self-check.
5755 This should NEVER happen, and you are encouraged to report any log
5756 containing this, because this would almost certainly be a bug. It
5757 would be wise to preventively restart the process after such an
5758 event too, in case it would be caused by memory corruption.
5759
5760 c : the client-side timeout expired while waiting for the client to
5761 send or receive data.
5762
5763 s : the server-side timeout expired while waiting for the server to
5764 send or receive data.
5765
5766 - : normal session completion, both the client and the server closed
5767 with nothing left in the buffers.
5768
5769 - on the second character, the TCP or HTTP session state when it was closed :
5770
5771 R : th proxy was waiting for a complete, valid REQUEST from the client
5772 (HTTP mode only). Nothing was sent to any server.
5773
5774 Q : the proxy was waiting in the QUEUE for a connection slot. This can
5775 only happen when servers have a 'maxconn' parameter set. It can
5776 also happen in the global queue after a redispatch consecutive to
5777 a failed attempt to connect to a dying server. If no redispatch is
5778 reported, then no connection attempt was made to any server.
5779
5780 C : the proxy was waiting for the CONNECTION to establish on the
5781 server. The server might at most have noticed a connection attempt.
5782
5783 H : the proxy was waiting for complete, valid response HEADERS from the
5784 server (HTTP only).
5785
5786 D : the session was in the DATA phase.
5787
5788 L : the proxy was still transmitting LAST data to the client while the
5789 server had already finished. This one is very rare as it can only
5790 happen when the client dies while receiving the last packets.
5791
5792 T : the request was tarpitted. It has been held open with the client
5793 during the whole "timeout tarpit" duration or until the client
5794 closed, both of which will be reported in the "Tw" timer.
5795
5796 - : normal session completion after end of data transfer.
5797
5798 - the third character tells whether the persistence cookie was provided by
5799 the client (only in HTTP mode) :
5800
5801 N : the client provided NO cookie. This is usually the case for new
5802 visitors, so counting the number of occurrences of this flag in the
5803 logs generally indicate a valid trend for the site frequentation.
5804
5805 I : the client provided an INVALID cookie matching no known server.
5806 This might be caused by a recent configuration change, mixed
5807 cookies between HTTP/HTTPS sites, or an attack.
5808
5809 D : the client provided a cookie designating a server which was DOWN,
5810 so either "option persist" was used and the client was sent to
5811 this server, or it was not set and the client was redispatched to
5812 another server.
5813
5814 V : the client provided a valid cookie, and was sent to the associated
5815 server.
5816
5817 - : does not apply (no cookie set in configuration).
5818
5819 - the last character reports what operations were performed on the persistence
5820 cookie returned by the server (only in HTTP mode) :
5821
5822 N : NO cookie was provided by the server, and none was inserted either.
5823
5824 I : no cookie was provided by the server, and the proxy INSERTED one.
5825 Note that in "cookie insert" mode, if the server provides a cookie,
5826 it will still be overwritten and reported as "I" here.
5827
5828 P : a cookie was PROVIDED by the server and transmitted as-is.
5829
5830 R : the cookie provided by the server was REWRITTEN by the proxy, which
5831 happens in "cookie rewrite" or "cookie prefix" modes.
5832
5833 D : the cookie provided by the server was DELETED by the proxy.
5834
5835 - : does not apply (no cookie set in configuration).
5836
5837The combination of the two first flags give a lot of information about what was
5838happening when the session terminated, and why it did terminate. It can be
5839helpful to detect server saturation, network troubles, local system resource
5840starvation, attacks, etc...
5841
5842The most common termination flags combinations are indicated below. They are
5843alphabetically sorted, with the lowercase set just after the upper case for
5844easier finding and understanding.
5845
5846 Flags Reason
5847
5848 -- Normal termination.
5849
5850 CC The client aborted before the connection could be established to the
5851 server. This can happen when haproxy tries to connect to a recently
5852 dead (or unchecked) server, and the client aborts while haproxy is
5853 waiting for the server to respond or for "timeout connect" to expire.
5854
5855 CD The client unexpectedly aborted during data transfer. This can be
5856 caused by a browser crash, by an intermediate equipment between the
5857 client and haproxy which decided to actively break the connection,
5858 by network routing issues between the client and haproxy, or by a
5859 keep-alive session between the server and the client terminated first
5860 by the client.
5861
5862 cD The client did not send nor acknowledge any data for as long as the
5863 "timeout client" delay. This is often caused by network failures on
5864 the client side, or the client simply leaving the net uncleanly.
5865
5866 CH The client aborted while waiting for the server to start responding.
5867 It might be the server taking too long to respond or the client
5868 clicking the 'Stop' button too fast.
5869
5870 cH The "timeout client" stroke while waiting for client data during a
5871 POST request. This is sometimes caused by too large TCP MSS values
5872 for PPPoE networks which cannot transport full-sized packets. It can
5873 also happen when client timeout is smaller than server timeout and
5874 the server takes too long to respond.
5875
5876 CQ The client aborted while its session was queued, waiting for a server
5877 with enough empty slots to accept it. It might be that either all the
5878 servers were saturated or that the assigned server was taking too
5879 long a time to respond.
5880
5881 CR The client aborted before sending a full HTTP request. Most likely
5882 the request was typed by hand using a telnet client, and aborted
5883 too early. The HTTP status code is likely a 400 here. Sometimes this
5884 might also be caused by an IDS killing the connection between haproxy
5885 and the client.
5886
5887 cR The "timeout http-request" stroke before the client sent a full HTTP
5888 request. This is sometimes caused by too large TCP MSS values on the
5889 client side for PPPoE networks which cannot transport full-sized
5890 packets, or by clients sending requests by hand and not typing fast
5891 enough, or forgetting to enter the empty line at the end of the
5892 request. The HTTP status code is likely a 408 here.
5893
5894 CT The client aborted while its session was tarpitted. It is important to
5895 check if this happens on valid requests, in order to be sure that no
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02005896 wrong tarpit rules have been written. If a lot of them happen, it
5897 might make sense to lower the "timeout tarpit" value to something
5898 closer to the average reported "Tw" timer, in order not to consume
5899 resources for just a few attackers.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005900
5901 SC The server or an equipement between it and haproxy explicitly refused
5902 the TCP connection (the proxy received a TCP RST or an ICMP message
5903 in return). Under some circumstances, it can also be the network
5904 stack telling the proxy that the server is unreachable (eg: no route,
5905 or no ARP response on local network). When this happens in HTTP mode,
5906 the status code is likely a 502 or 503 here.
5907
5908 sC The "timeout connect" stroke before a connection to the server could
5909 complete. When this happens in HTTP mode, the status code is likely a
5910 503 or 504 here.
5911
5912 SD The connection to the server died with an error during the data
5913 transfer. This usually means that haproxy has received an RST from
5914 the server or an ICMP message from an intermediate equipment while
5915 exchanging data with the server. This can be caused by a server crash
5916 or by a network issue on an intermediate equipment.
5917
5918 sD The server did not send nor acknowledge any data for as long as the
5919 "timeout server" setting during the data phase. This is often caused
5920 by too short timeouts on L4 equipements before the server (firewalls,
5921 load-balancers, ...), as well as keep-alive sessions maintained
5922 between the client and the server expiring first on haproxy.
5923
5924 SH The server aborted before sending its full HTTP response headers, or
5925 it crashed while processing the request. Since a server aborting at
5926 this moment is very rare, it would be wise to inspect its logs to
5927 control whether it crashed and why. The logged request may indicate a
5928 small set of faulty requests, demonstrating bugs in the application.
5929 Sometimes this might also be caused by an IDS killing the connection
5930 between haproxy and the server.
5931
5932 sH The "timeout server" stroke before the server could return its
5933 response headers. This is the most common anomaly, indicating too
5934 long transactions, probably caused by server or database saturation.
5935 The immediate workaround consists in increasing the "timeout server"
5936 setting, but it is important to keep in mind that the user experience
5937 will suffer from these long response times. The only long term
5938 solution is to fix the application.
5939
5940 sQ The session spent too much time in queue and has been expired. See
5941 the "timeout queue" and "timeout connect" settings to find out how to
5942 fix this if it happens too often. If it often happens massively in
5943 short periods, it may indicate general problems on the affected
5944 servers due to I/O or database congestion, or saturation caused by
5945 external attacks.
5946
5947 PC The proxy refused to establish a connection to the server because the
5948 process' socket limit has been reached while attempting to connect.
5949 The global "maxconn" parameter may be increased in the configuration
5950 so that it does not happen anymore. This status is very rare and
5951 might happen when the global "ulimit-n" parameter is forced by hand.
5952
5953 PH The proxy blocked the server's response, because it was invalid,
5954 incomplete, dangerous (cache control), or matched a security filter.
5955 In any case, an HTTP 502 error is sent to the client. One possible
5956 cause for this error is an invalid syntax in an HTTP header name
5957 containing unauthorized characters.
5958
5959 PR The proxy blocked the client's HTTP request, either because of an
5960 invalid HTTP syntax, in which case it returned an HTTP 400 error to
5961 the client, or because a deny filter matched, in which case it
5962 returned an HTTP 403 error.
5963
5964 PT The proxy blocked the client's request and has tarpitted its
5965 connection before returning it a 500 server error. Nothing was sent
5966 to the server. The connection was maintained open for as long as
5967 reported by the "Tw" timer field.
5968
5969 RC A local resource has been exhausted (memory, sockets, source ports)
5970 preventing the connection to the server from establishing. The error
5971 logs will tell precisely what was missing. This is very rare and can
5972 only be solved by proper system tuning.
5973
5974
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020059758.6. Non-printable characters
5976-----------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005977
5978In order not to cause trouble to log analysis tools or terminals during log
5979consulting, non-printable characters are not sent as-is into log files, but are
5980converted to the two-digits hexadecimal representation of their ASCII code,
5981prefixed by the character '#'. The only characters that can be logged without
5982being escaped are comprised between 32 and 126 (inclusive). Obviously, the
5983escape character '#' itself is also encoded to avoid any ambiguity ("#23"). It
5984is the same for the character '"' which becomes "#22", as well as '{', '|' and
5985'}' when logging headers.
5986
5987Note that the space character (' ') is not encoded in headers, which can cause
5988issues for tools relying on space count to locate fields. A typical header
5989containing spaces is "User-Agent".
5990
5991Last, it has been observed that some syslog daemons such as syslog-ng escape
5992the quote ('"') with a backslash ('\'). The reverse operation can safely be
5993performed since no quote may appear anywhere else in the logs.
5994
5995
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020059968.7. Capturing HTTP cookies
5997---------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005998
5999Cookie capture simplifies the tracking a complete user session. This can be
6000achieved using the "capture cookie" statement in the frontend. Please refer to
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006001section 4.2 for more details. Only one cookie can be captured, and the same
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006002cookie will simultaneously be checked in the request ("Cookie:" header) and in
6003the response ("Set-Cookie:" header). The respective values will be reported in
6004the HTTP logs at the "captured_request_cookie" and "captured_response_cookie"
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006005locations (see section 8.2.3 about HTTP log format). When either cookie is
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006006not seen, a dash ('-') replaces the value. This way, it's easy to detect when a
6007user switches to a new session for example, because the server will reassign it
6008a new cookie. It is also possible to detect if a server unexpectedly sets a
6009wrong cookie to a client, leading to session crossing.
6010
6011 Examples :
6012 # capture the first cookie whose name starts with "ASPSESSION"
6013 capture cookie ASPSESSION len 32
6014
6015 # capture the first cookie whose name is exactly "vgnvisitor"
6016 capture cookie vgnvisitor= len 32
6017
6018
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020060198.8. Capturing HTTP headers
6020---------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006021
6022Header captures are useful to track unique request identifiers set by an upper
6023proxy, virtual host names, user-agents, POST content-length, referrers, etc. In
6024the response, one can search for information about the response length, how the
6025server asked the cache to behave, or an object location during a redirection.
6026
6027Header captures are performed using the "capture request header" and "capture
6028response header" statements in the frontend. Please consult their definition in
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006029section 4.2 for more details.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006030
6031It is possible to include both request headers and response headers at the same
6032time. Non-existant headers are logged as empty strings, and if one header
6033appears more than once, only its last occurence will be logged. Request headers
6034are grouped within braces '{' and '}' in the same order as they were declared,
6035and delimited with a vertical bar '|' without any space. Response headers
6036follow the same representation, but are displayed after a space following the
6037request headers block. These blocks are displayed just before the HTTP request
6038in the logs.
6039
6040 Example :
6041 # This instance chains to the outgoing proxy
6042 listen proxy-out
6043 mode http
6044 option httplog
6045 option logasap
6046 log global
6047 server cache1 192.168.1.1:3128
6048
6049 # log the name of the virtual server
6050 capture request header Host len 20
6051
6052 # log the amount of data uploaded during a POST
6053 capture request header Content-Length len 10
6054
6055 # log the beginning of the referrer
6056 capture request header Referer len 20
6057
6058 # server name (useful for outgoing proxies only)
6059 capture response header Server len 20
6060
6061 # logging the content-length is useful with "option logasap"
6062 capture response header Content-Length len 10
6063
6064 # log the expected cache behaviour on the response
6065 capture response header Cache-Control len 8
6066
6067 # the Via header will report the next proxy's name
6068 capture response header Via len 20
6069
6070 # log the URL location during a redirection
6071 capture response header Location len 20
6072
6073 >>> Aug 9 20:26:09 localhost \
6074 haproxy[2022]: 127.0.0.1:34014 [09/Aug/2004:20:26:09] proxy-out \
6075 proxy-out/cache1 0/0/0/162/+162 200 +350 - - ---- 0/0/0/0/0 0/0 \
6076 {fr.adserver.yahoo.co||http://fr.f416.mail.} {|864|private||} \
6077 "GET http://fr.adserver.yahoo.com/"
6078
6079 >>> Aug 9 20:30:46 localhost \
6080 haproxy[2022]: 127.0.0.1:34020 [09/Aug/2004:20:30:46] proxy-out \
6081 proxy-out/cache1 0/0/0/182/+182 200 +279 - - ---- 0/0/0/0/0 0/0 \
6082 {w.ods.org||} {Formilux/0.1.8|3495|||} \
6083 "GET http://trafic.1wt.eu/ HTTP/1.1"
6084
6085 >>> Aug 9 20:30:46 localhost \
6086 haproxy[2022]: 127.0.0.1:34028 [09/Aug/2004:20:30:46] proxy-out \
6087 proxy-out/cache1 0/0/2/126/+128 301 +223 - - ---- 0/0/0/0/0 0/0 \
6088 {www.sytadin.equipement.gouv.fr||http://trafic.1wt.eu/} \
6089 {Apache|230|||http://www.sytadin.} \
6090 "GET http://www.sytadin.equipement.gouv.fr/ HTTP/1.1"
6091
6092
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020060938.9. Examples of logs
6094---------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006095
6096These are real-world examples of logs accompanied with an explanation. Some of
6097them have been made up by hand. The syslog part has been removed for better
6098reading. Their sole purpose is to explain how to decipher them.
6099
6100 >>> haproxy[674]: 127.0.0.1:33318 [15/Oct/2003:08:31:57.130] px-http \
6101 px-http/srv1 6559/0/7/147/6723 200 243 - - ---- 5/3/3/1/0 0/0 \
6102 "HEAD / HTTP/1.0"
6103
6104 => long request (6.5s) entered by hand through 'telnet'. The server replied
6105 in 147 ms, and the session ended normally ('----')
6106
6107 >>> haproxy[674]: 127.0.0.1:33319 [15/Oct/2003:08:31:57.149] px-http \
6108 px-http/srv1 6559/1230/7/147/6870 200 243 - - ---- 324/239/239/99/0 \
6109 0/9 "HEAD / HTTP/1.0"
6110
6111 => Idem, but the request was queued in the global queue behind 9 other
6112 requests, and waited there for 1230 ms.
6113
6114 >>> haproxy[674]: 127.0.0.1:33320 [15/Oct/2003:08:32:17.654] px-http \
6115 px-http/srv1 9/0/7/14/+30 200 +243 - - ---- 3/3/3/1/0 0/0 \
6116 "GET /image.iso HTTP/1.0"
6117
6118 => request for a long data transfer. The "logasap" option was specified, so
6119 the log was produced just before transfering data. The server replied in
6120 14 ms, 243 bytes of headers were sent to the client, and total time from
6121 accept to first data byte is 30 ms.
6122
6123 >>> haproxy[674]: 127.0.0.1:33320 [15/Oct/2003:08:32:17.925] px-http \
6124 px-http/srv1 9/0/7/14/30 502 243 - - PH-- 3/2/2/0/0 0/0 \
6125 "GET /cgi-bin/bug.cgi? HTTP/1.0"
6126
6127 => the proxy blocked a server response either because of an "rspdeny" or
6128 "rspideny" filter, or because the response was improperly formatted and
6129 not HTTP-compliant, or because it blocked sensible information which
6130 risked being cached. In this case, the response is replaced with a "502
6131 bad gateway". The flags ("PH--") tell us that it was haproxy who decided
6132 to return the 502 and not the server.
6133
6134 >>> haproxy[18113]: 127.0.0.1:34548 [15/Oct/2003:15:18:55.798] px-http \
6135 px-http/<NOSRV> -1/-1/-1/-1/8490 -1 0 - - CR-- 2/2/2/0/0 0/0 ""
6136
6137 => the client never completed its request and aborted itself ("C---") after
6138 8.5s, while the proxy was waiting for the request headers ("-R--").
6139 Nothing was sent to any server.
6140
6141 >>> haproxy[18113]: 127.0.0.1:34549 [15/Oct/2003:15:19:06.103] px-http \
6142 px-http/<NOSRV> -1/-1/-1/-1/50001 408 0 - - cR-- 2/2/2/0/0 0/0 ""
6143
6144 => The client never completed its request, which was aborted by the
6145 time-out ("c---") after 50s, while the proxy was waiting for the request
6146 headers ("-R--"). Nothing was sent to any server, but the proxy could
6147 send a 408 return code to the client.
6148
6149 >>> haproxy[18989]: 127.0.0.1:34550 [15/Oct/2003:15:24:28.312] px-tcp \
6150 px-tcp/srv1 0/0/5007 0 cD 0/0/0/0/0 0/0
6151
6152 => This log was produced with "option tcplog". The client timed out after
6153 5 seconds ("c----").
6154
6155 >>> haproxy[18989]: 10.0.0.1:34552 [15/Oct/2003:15:26:31.462] px-http \
6156 px-http/srv1 3183/-1/-1/-1/11215 503 0 - - SC-- 205/202/202/115/3 \
6157 0/0 "HEAD / HTTP/1.0"
6158
6159 => The request took 3s to complete (probably a network problem), and the
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006160 connection to the server failed ('SC--') after 4 attempts of 2 seconds
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006161 (config says 'retries 3'), and no redispatch (otherwise we would have
6162 seen "/+3"). Status code 503 was returned to the client. There were 115
6163 connections on this server, 202 connections on this proxy, and 205 on
6164 the global process. It is possible that the server refused the
6165 connection because of too many already established.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01006166
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006167
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020061689. Statistics and monitoring
6169----------------------------
6170
6171It is possible to query HAProxy about its status. The most commonly used
6172mechanism is the HTTP statistics page. This page also exposes an alternative
6173CSV output format for monitoring tools. The same format is provided on the
6174Unix socket.
6175
6176
61779.1. CSV format
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006178---------------
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01006179
Willy Tarreau7f062c42009-03-05 18:43:00 +01006180The statistics may be consulted either from the unix socket or from the HTTP
6181page. Both means provide a CSV format whose fields follow.
6182
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01006183 0. pxname: proxy name
6184 1. svname: service name (FRONTEND for frontend, BACKEND for backend, any name
6185 for server)
6186 2. qcur: current queued requests
6187 3. qmax: max queued requests
6188 4. scur: current sessions
6189 5. smax: max sessions
6190 6. slim: sessions limit
6191 7. stot: total sessions
6192 8. bin: bytes in
6193 9. bout: bytes out
6194 10. dreq: denied requests
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki2c6962c2008-03-02 02:42:14 +01006195 11. dresp: denied responses
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01006196 12. ereq: request errors
6197 13. econ: connection errors
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki2c6962c2008-03-02 02:42:14 +01006198 14. eresp: response errors
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01006199 15. wretr: retries (warning)
6200 16. wredis: redispatches (warning)
6201 17. status: status (UP/DOWN/...)
6202 18. weight: server weight (server), total weight (backend)
6203 19. act: server is active (server), number of active servers (backend)
6204 20. bck: server is backup (server), number of backup servers (backend)
6205 21. chkfail: number of failed checks
6206 22. chkdown: number of UP->DOWN transitions
6207 23. lastchg: last status change (in seconds)
6208 24. downtime: total downtime (in seconds)
6209 25. qlimit: queue limit
6210 26. pid: process id (0 for first instance, 1 for second, ...)
6211 27. iid: unique proxy id
6212 28. sid: service id (unique inside a proxy)
6213 29. throttle: warm up status
6214 30. lbtot: total number of times a server was selected
6215 31. tracked: id of proxy/server if tracking is enabled
6216 32. type (0=frontend, 1=backend, 2=server)
Willy Tarreau7f062c42009-03-05 18:43:00 +01006217 33. rate (number of sessions per second over last elapsed second)
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01006218
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006219
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020062209.2. Unix Socket commands
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006221-------------------------
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki2c6962c2008-03-02 02:42:14 +01006222
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006223The following commands are supported on the UNIX stats socket ; all of them
6224must be terminated by a line feed. It is important to understand that when
6225multiple haproxy processes are started on the same sockets, any process may
6226pick up the request and will output its own stats.
6227
6228show stat [<iid> <type> <sid>]
6229 Dump statistics in the CSV format. By passing <id>, <type> and <sid>, it is
6230 possible to dump only selected items :
6231 - <iid> is a proxy ID, -1 to dump everything
6232 - <type> selects the type of dumpable objects : 1 for frontends, 2 for
6233 backends, 4 for servers, -1 for everything. These values can be ORed,
6234 for example:
6235 1 + 2 = 3 -> frontend + backend.
6236 1 + 2 + 4 = 7 -> frontend + backend + server.
6237 - <sid> is a server ID, -1 to dump everything from the selected proxy.
6238
6239show info
6240 Dump info about haproxy status on current process.
6241
6242show sess
6243 Dump all known sessions. Avoid doing this on slow connections as this can
6244 be huge.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki2c6962c2008-03-02 02:42:14 +01006245
Willy Tarreaue0c8a1a2009-03-04 16:33:10 +01006246show errors [<iid>]
6247 Dump last known request and response errors collected by frontends and
6248 backends. If <iid> is specified, the limit the dump to errors concerning
6249 either frontend or backend whose ID is <iid>.
6250
6251 The errors which may be collected are the last request and response errors
6252 caused by protocol violations, often due to invalid characters in header
6253 names. The report precisely indicates what exact character violated the
6254 protocol. Other important information such as the exact date the error was
6255 detected, frontend and backend names, the server name (when known), the
6256 internal session ID and the source address which has initiated the session
6257 are reported too.
6258
6259 All characters are returned, and non-printable characters are encoded. The
6260 most common ones (\t = 9, \n = 10, \r = 13 and \e = 27) are encoded as one
6261 letter following a backslash. The backslash itself is encoded as '\\' to
6262 avoid confusion. Other non-printable characters are encoded '\xNN' where
6263 NN is the two-digits hexadecimal representation of the character's ASCII
6264 code.
6265
6266 Lines are prefixed with the position of their first character, starting at 0
6267 for the beginning of the buffer. At most one input line is printed per line,
6268 and large lines will be broken into multiple consecutive output lines so that
6269 the output never goes beyond 79 characters wide. It is easy to detect if a
6270 line was broken, because it will not end with '\n' and the next line's offset
6271 will be followed by a '+' sign, indicating it is a continuation of previous
6272 line.
6273
6274 Example :
6275 >>> $ echo "show errors" | socat stdio /tmp/sock1
6276 [04/Mar/2009:15:46:56.081] backend http-in (#2) : invalid response
6277 src 127.0.0.1, session #54, frontend fe-eth0 (#1), server s2 (#1)
6278 response length 213 bytes, error at position 23:
6279
6280 00000 HTTP/1.0 200 OK\r\n
6281 00017 header/bizarre:blah\r\n
6282 00038 Location: blah\r\n
6283 00054 Long-line: this is a very long line which should b
6284 00104+ e broken into multiple lines on the output buffer,
6285 00154+ otherwise it would be too large to print in a ter
6286 00204+ minal\r\n
6287 00211 \r\n
6288
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006289 In the example above, we see that the backend "http-in" which has internal
Willy Tarreaue0c8a1a2009-03-04 16:33:10 +01006290 ID 2 has blocked an invalid response from its server s2 which has internal
6291 ID 1. The request was on session 54 initiated by source 127.0.0.1 and
6292 received by frontend fe-eth0 whose ID is 1. The total response length was
6293 213 bytes when the error was detected, and the error was at byte 23. This
6294 is the slash ('/') in header name "header/bizarre", which is not a valid
6295 HTTP character for a header name.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki2c6962c2008-03-02 02:42:14 +01006296
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01006297/*
6298 * Local variables:
6299 * fill-column: 79
6300 * End:
6301 */